]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/gcc.git/blob - gcc/reload1.c
trans-array.c (gfc_conv_descriptor_data_get): Rename from gfc_conv_descriptor_data.
[thirdparty/gcc.git] / gcc / reload1.c
1 /* Reload pseudo regs into hard regs for insns that require hard regs.
2 Copyright (C) 1987, 1988, 1989, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998,
3 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GCC.
6
7 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
8 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
9 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
10 version.
11
12 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
13 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
14 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
15 for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
19 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
20 02111-1307, USA. */
21
22 #include "config.h"
23 #include "system.h"
24 #include "coretypes.h"
25 #include "tm.h"
26
27 #include "machmode.h"
28 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
29 #include "rtl.h"
30 #include "tm_p.h"
31 #include "obstack.h"
32 #include "insn-config.h"
33 #include "flags.h"
34 #include "function.h"
35 #include "expr.h"
36 #include "optabs.h"
37 #include "regs.h"
38 #include "basic-block.h"
39 #include "reload.h"
40 #include "recog.h"
41 #include "output.h"
42 #include "real.h"
43 #include "toplev.h"
44 #include "except.h"
45 #include "tree.h"
46
47 /* This file contains the reload pass of the compiler, which is
48 run after register allocation has been done. It checks that
49 each insn is valid (operands required to be in registers really
50 are in registers of the proper class) and fixes up invalid ones
51 by copying values temporarily into registers for the insns
52 that need them.
53
54 The results of register allocation are described by the vector
55 reg_renumber; the insns still contain pseudo regs, but reg_renumber
56 can be used to find which hard reg, if any, a pseudo reg is in.
57
58 The technique we always use is to free up a few hard regs that are
59 called ``reload regs'', and for each place where a pseudo reg
60 must be in a hard reg, copy it temporarily into one of the reload regs.
61
62 Reload regs are allocated locally for every instruction that needs
63 reloads. When there are pseudos which are allocated to a register that
64 has been chosen as a reload reg, such pseudos must be ``spilled''.
65 This means that they go to other hard regs, or to stack slots if no other
66 available hard regs can be found. Spilling can invalidate more
67 insns, requiring additional need for reloads, so we must keep checking
68 until the process stabilizes.
69
70 For machines with different classes of registers, we must keep track
71 of the register class needed for each reload, and make sure that
72 we allocate enough reload registers of each class.
73
74 The file reload.c contains the code that checks one insn for
75 validity and reports the reloads that it needs. This file
76 is in charge of scanning the entire rtl code, accumulating the
77 reload needs, spilling, assigning reload registers to use for
78 fixing up each insn, and generating the new insns to copy values
79 into the reload registers. */
80 \f
81 /* During reload_as_needed, element N contains a REG rtx for the hard reg
82 into which reg N has been reloaded (perhaps for a previous insn). */
83 static rtx *reg_last_reload_reg;
84
85 /* Elt N nonzero if reg_last_reload_reg[N] has been set in this insn
86 for an output reload that stores into reg N. */
87 static char *reg_has_output_reload;
88
89 /* Indicates which hard regs are reload-registers for an output reload
90 in the current insn. */
91 static HARD_REG_SET reg_is_output_reload;
92
93 /* Element N is the constant value to which pseudo reg N is equivalent,
94 or zero if pseudo reg N is not equivalent to a constant.
95 find_reloads looks at this in order to replace pseudo reg N
96 with the constant it stands for. */
97 rtx *reg_equiv_constant;
98
99 /* Element N is a memory location to which pseudo reg N is equivalent,
100 prior to any register elimination (such as frame pointer to stack
101 pointer). Depending on whether or not it is a valid address, this value
102 is transferred to either reg_equiv_address or reg_equiv_mem. */
103 rtx *reg_equiv_memory_loc;
104
105 /* We allocate reg_equiv_memory_loc inside a varray so that the garbage
106 collector can keep track of what is inside. */
107 varray_type reg_equiv_memory_loc_varray;
108
109 /* Element N is the address of stack slot to which pseudo reg N is equivalent.
110 This is used when the address is not valid as a memory address
111 (because its displacement is too big for the machine.) */
112 rtx *reg_equiv_address;
113
114 /* Element N is the memory slot to which pseudo reg N is equivalent,
115 or zero if pseudo reg N is not equivalent to a memory slot. */
116 rtx *reg_equiv_mem;
117
118 /* Widest width in which each pseudo reg is referred to (via subreg). */
119 static unsigned int *reg_max_ref_width;
120
121 /* Element N is the list of insns that initialized reg N from its equivalent
122 constant or memory slot. */
123 static rtx *reg_equiv_init;
124
125 /* Vector to remember old contents of reg_renumber before spilling. */
126 static short *reg_old_renumber;
127
128 /* During reload_as_needed, element N contains the last pseudo regno reloaded
129 into hard register N. If that pseudo reg occupied more than one register,
130 reg_reloaded_contents points to that pseudo for each spill register in
131 use; all of these must remain set for an inheritance to occur. */
132 static int reg_reloaded_contents[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER];
133
134 /* During reload_as_needed, element N contains the insn for which
135 hard register N was last used. Its contents are significant only
136 when reg_reloaded_valid is set for this register. */
137 static rtx reg_reloaded_insn[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER];
138
139 /* Indicate if reg_reloaded_insn / reg_reloaded_contents is valid. */
140 static HARD_REG_SET reg_reloaded_valid;
141 /* Indicate if the register was dead at the end of the reload.
142 This is only valid if reg_reloaded_contents is set and valid. */
143 static HARD_REG_SET reg_reloaded_dead;
144
145 /* Indicate whether the register's current value is one that is not
146 safe to retain across a call, even for registers that are normally
147 call-saved. */
148 static HARD_REG_SET reg_reloaded_call_part_clobbered;
149
150 /* Number of spill-regs so far; number of valid elements of spill_regs. */
151 static int n_spills;
152
153 /* In parallel with spill_regs, contains REG rtx's for those regs.
154 Holds the last rtx used for any given reg, or 0 if it has never
155 been used for spilling yet. This rtx is reused, provided it has
156 the proper mode. */
157 static rtx spill_reg_rtx[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER];
158
159 /* In parallel with spill_regs, contains nonzero for a spill reg
160 that was stored after the last time it was used.
161 The precise value is the insn generated to do the store. */
162 static rtx spill_reg_store[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER];
163
164 /* This is the register that was stored with spill_reg_store. This is a
165 copy of reload_out / reload_out_reg when the value was stored; if
166 reload_out is a MEM, spill_reg_stored_to will be set to reload_out_reg. */
167 static rtx spill_reg_stored_to[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER];
168
169 /* This table is the inverse mapping of spill_regs:
170 indexed by hard reg number,
171 it contains the position of that reg in spill_regs,
172 or -1 for something that is not in spill_regs.
173
174 ?!? This is no longer accurate. */
175 static short spill_reg_order[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER];
176
177 /* This reg set indicates registers that can't be used as spill registers for
178 the currently processed insn. These are the hard registers which are live
179 during the insn, but not allocated to pseudos, as well as fixed
180 registers. */
181 static HARD_REG_SET bad_spill_regs;
182
183 /* These are the hard registers that can't be used as spill register for any
184 insn. This includes registers used for user variables and registers that
185 we can't eliminate. A register that appears in this set also can't be used
186 to retry register allocation. */
187 static HARD_REG_SET bad_spill_regs_global;
188
189 /* Describes order of use of registers for reloading
190 of spilled pseudo-registers. `n_spills' is the number of
191 elements that are actually valid; new ones are added at the end.
192
193 Both spill_regs and spill_reg_order are used on two occasions:
194 once during find_reload_regs, where they keep track of the spill registers
195 for a single insn, but also during reload_as_needed where they show all
196 the registers ever used by reload. For the latter case, the information
197 is calculated during finish_spills. */
198 static short spill_regs[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER];
199
200 /* This vector of reg sets indicates, for each pseudo, which hard registers
201 may not be used for retrying global allocation because the register was
202 formerly spilled from one of them. If we allowed reallocating a pseudo to
203 a register that it was already allocated to, reload might not
204 terminate. */
205 static HARD_REG_SET *pseudo_previous_regs;
206
207 /* This vector of reg sets indicates, for each pseudo, which hard
208 registers may not be used for retrying global allocation because they
209 are used as spill registers during one of the insns in which the
210 pseudo is live. */
211 static HARD_REG_SET *pseudo_forbidden_regs;
212
213 /* All hard regs that have been used as spill registers for any insn are
214 marked in this set. */
215 static HARD_REG_SET used_spill_regs;
216
217 /* Index of last register assigned as a spill register. We allocate in
218 a round-robin fashion. */
219 static int last_spill_reg;
220
221 /* Nonzero if indirect addressing is supported on the machine; this means
222 that spilling (REG n) does not require reloading it into a register in
223 order to do (MEM (REG n)) or (MEM (PLUS (REG n) (CONST_INT c))). The
224 value indicates the level of indirect addressing supported, e.g., two
225 means that (MEM (MEM (REG n))) is also valid if (REG n) does not get
226 a hard register. */
227 static char spill_indirect_levels;
228
229 /* Nonzero if indirect addressing is supported when the innermost MEM is
230 of the form (MEM (SYMBOL_REF sym)). It is assumed that the level to
231 which these are valid is the same as spill_indirect_levels, above. */
232 char indirect_symref_ok;
233
234 /* Nonzero if an address (plus (reg frame_pointer) (reg ...)) is valid. */
235 char double_reg_address_ok;
236
237 /* Record the stack slot for each spilled hard register. */
238 static rtx spill_stack_slot[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER];
239
240 /* Width allocated so far for that stack slot. */
241 static unsigned int spill_stack_slot_width[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER];
242
243 /* Record which pseudos needed to be spilled. */
244 static regset_head spilled_pseudos;
245
246 /* Used for communication between order_regs_for_reload and count_pseudo.
247 Used to avoid counting one pseudo twice. */
248 static regset_head pseudos_counted;
249
250 /* First uid used by insns created by reload in this function.
251 Used in find_equiv_reg. */
252 int reload_first_uid;
253
254 /* Flag set by local-alloc or global-alloc if anything is live in
255 a call-clobbered reg across calls. */
256 int caller_save_needed;
257
258 /* Set to 1 while reload_as_needed is operating.
259 Required by some machines to handle any generated moves differently. */
260 int reload_in_progress = 0;
261
262 /* These arrays record the insn_code of insns that may be needed to
263 perform input and output reloads of special objects. They provide a
264 place to pass a scratch register. */
265 enum insn_code reload_in_optab[NUM_MACHINE_MODES];
266 enum insn_code reload_out_optab[NUM_MACHINE_MODES];
267
268 /* This obstack is used for allocation of rtl during register elimination.
269 The allocated storage can be freed once find_reloads has processed the
270 insn. */
271 static struct obstack reload_obstack;
272
273 /* Points to the beginning of the reload_obstack. All insn_chain structures
274 are allocated first. */
275 static char *reload_startobj;
276
277 /* The point after all insn_chain structures. Used to quickly deallocate
278 memory allocated in copy_reloads during calculate_needs_all_insns. */
279 static char *reload_firstobj;
280
281 /* This points before all local rtl generated by register elimination.
282 Used to quickly free all memory after processing one insn. */
283 static char *reload_insn_firstobj;
284
285 /* List of insn_chain instructions, one for every insn that reload needs to
286 examine. */
287 struct insn_chain *reload_insn_chain;
288
289 /* List of all insns needing reloads. */
290 static struct insn_chain *insns_need_reload;
291 \f
292 /* This structure is used to record information about register eliminations.
293 Each array entry describes one possible way of eliminating a register
294 in favor of another. If there is more than one way of eliminating a
295 particular register, the most preferred should be specified first. */
296
297 struct elim_table
298 {
299 int from; /* Register number to be eliminated. */
300 int to; /* Register number used as replacement. */
301 HOST_WIDE_INT initial_offset; /* Initial difference between values. */
302 int can_eliminate; /* Nonzero if this elimination can be done. */
303 int can_eliminate_previous; /* Value of CAN_ELIMINATE in previous scan over
304 insns made by reload. */
305 HOST_WIDE_INT offset; /* Current offset between the two regs. */
306 HOST_WIDE_INT previous_offset;/* Offset at end of previous insn. */
307 int ref_outside_mem; /* "to" has been referenced outside a MEM. */
308 rtx from_rtx; /* REG rtx for the register to be eliminated.
309 We cannot simply compare the number since
310 we might then spuriously replace a hard
311 register corresponding to a pseudo
312 assigned to the reg to be eliminated. */
313 rtx to_rtx; /* REG rtx for the replacement. */
314 };
315
316 static struct elim_table *reg_eliminate = 0;
317
318 /* This is an intermediate structure to initialize the table. It has
319 exactly the members provided by ELIMINABLE_REGS. */
320 static const struct elim_table_1
321 {
322 const int from;
323 const int to;
324 } reg_eliminate_1[] =
325
326 /* If a set of eliminable registers was specified, define the table from it.
327 Otherwise, default to the normal case of the frame pointer being
328 replaced by the stack pointer. */
329
330 #ifdef ELIMINABLE_REGS
331 ELIMINABLE_REGS;
332 #else
333 {{ FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM}};
334 #endif
335
336 #define NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS ARRAY_SIZE (reg_eliminate_1)
337
338 /* Record the number of pending eliminations that have an offset not equal
339 to their initial offset. If nonzero, we use a new copy of each
340 replacement result in any insns encountered. */
341 int num_not_at_initial_offset;
342
343 /* Count the number of registers that we may be able to eliminate. */
344 static int num_eliminable;
345 /* And the number of registers that are equivalent to a constant that
346 can be eliminated to frame_pointer / arg_pointer + constant. */
347 static int num_eliminable_invariants;
348
349 /* For each label, we record the offset of each elimination. If we reach
350 a label by more than one path and an offset differs, we cannot do the
351 elimination. This information is indexed by the difference of the
352 number of the label and the first label number. We can't offset the
353 pointer itself as this can cause problems on machines with segmented
354 memory. The first table is an array of flags that records whether we
355 have yet encountered a label and the second table is an array of arrays,
356 one entry in the latter array for each elimination. */
357
358 static int first_label_num;
359 static char *offsets_known_at;
360 static HOST_WIDE_INT (*offsets_at)[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS];
361
362 /* Number of labels in the current function. */
363
364 static int num_labels;
365 \f
366 static void replace_pseudos_in (rtx *, enum machine_mode, rtx);
367 static void maybe_fix_stack_asms (void);
368 static void copy_reloads (struct insn_chain *);
369 static void calculate_needs_all_insns (int);
370 static int find_reg (struct insn_chain *, int);
371 static void find_reload_regs (struct insn_chain *);
372 static void select_reload_regs (void);
373 static void delete_caller_save_insns (void);
374
375 static void spill_failure (rtx, enum reg_class);
376 static void count_spilled_pseudo (int, int, int);
377 static void delete_dead_insn (rtx);
378 static void alter_reg (int, int);
379 static void set_label_offsets (rtx, rtx, int);
380 static void check_eliminable_occurrences (rtx);
381 static void elimination_effects (rtx, enum machine_mode);
382 static int eliminate_regs_in_insn (rtx, int);
383 static void update_eliminable_offsets (void);
384 static void mark_not_eliminable (rtx, rtx, void *);
385 static void set_initial_elim_offsets (void);
386 static bool verify_initial_elim_offsets (void);
387 static void set_initial_label_offsets (void);
388 static void set_offsets_for_label (rtx);
389 static void init_elim_table (void);
390 static void update_eliminables (HARD_REG_SET *);
391 static void spill_hard_reg (unsigned int, int);
392 static int finish_spills (int);
393 static void scan_paradoxical_subregs (rtx);
394 static void count_pseudo (int);
395 static void order_regs_for_reload (struct insn_chain *);
396 static void reload_as_needed (int);
397 static void forget_old_reloads_1 (rtx, rtx, void *);
398 static int reload_reg_class_lower (const void *, const void *);
399 static void mark_reload_reg_in_use (unsigned int, int, enum reload_type,
400 enum machine_mode);
401 static void clear_reload_reg_in_use (unsigned int, int, enum reload_type,
402 enum machine_mode);
403 static int reload_reg_free_p (unsigned int, int, enum reload_type);
404 static int reload_reg_free_for_value_p (int, int, int, enum reload_type,
405 rtx, rtx, int, int);
406 static int free_for_value_p (int, enum machine_mode, int, enum reload_type,
407 rtx, rtx, int, int);
408 static int reload_reg_reaches_end_p (unsigned int, int, enum reload_type);
409 static int allocate_reload_reg (struct insn_chain *, int, int);
410 static int conflicts_with_override (rtx);
411 static void failed_reload (rtx, int);
412 static int set_reload_reg (int, int);
413 static void choose_reload_regs_init (struct insn_chain *, rtx *);
414 static void choose_reload_regs (struct insn_chain *);
415 static void merge_assigned_reloads (rtx);
416 static void emit_input_reload_insns (struct insn_chain *, struct reload *,
417 rtx, int);
418 static void emit_output_reload_insns (struct insn_chain *, struct reload *,
419 int);
420 static void do_input_reload (struct insn_chain *, struct reload *, int);
421 static void do_output_reload (struct insn_chain *, struct reload *, int);
422 static bool inherit_piecemeal_p (int, int);
423 static void emit_reload_insns (struct insn_chain *);
424 static void delete_output_reload (rtx, int, int);
425 static void delete_address_reloads (rtx, rtx);
426 static void delete_address_reloads_1 (rtx, rtx, rtx);
427 static rtx inc_for_reload (rtx, rtx, rtx, int);
428 #ifdef AUTO_INC_DEC
429 static void add_auto_inc_notes (rtx, rtx);
430 #endif
431 static void copy_eh_notes (rtx, rtx);
432 static int reloads_conflict (int, int);
433 static rtx gen_reload (rtx, rtx, int, enum reload_type);
434 \f
435 /* Initialize the reload pass once per compilation. */
436
437 void
438 init_reload (void)
439 {
440 int i;
441
442 /* Often (MEM (REG n)) is still valid even if (REG n) is put on the stack.
443 Set spill_indirect_levels to the number of levels such addressing is
444 permitted, zero if it is not permitted at all. */
445
446 rtx tem
447 = gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode,
448 gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode,
449 gen_rtx_REG (Pmode,
450 LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER + 1),
451 GEN_INT (4)));
452 spill_indirect_levels = 0;
453
454 while (memory_address_p (QImode, tem))
455 {
456 spill_indirect_levels++;
457 tem = gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, tem);
458 }
459
460 /* See if indirect addressing is valid for (MEM (SYMBOL_REF ...)). */
461
462 tem = gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "foo"));
463 indirect_symref_ok = memory_address_p (QImode, tem);
464
465 /* See if reg+reg is a valid (and offsettable) address. */
466
467 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
468 {
469 tem = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode,
470 gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM),
471 gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, i));
472
473 /* This way, we make sure that reg+reg is an offsettable address. */
474 tem = plus_constant (tem, 4);
475
476 if (memory_address_p (QImode, tem))
477 {
478 double_reg_address_ok = 1;
479 break;
480 }
481 }
482
483 /* Initialize obstack for our rtl allocation. */
484 gcc_obstack_init (&reload_obstack);
485 reload_startobj = obstack_alloc (&reload_obstack, 0);
486
487 INIT_REG_SET (&spilled_pseudos);
488 INIT_REG_SET (&pseudos_counted);
489 VARRAY_RTX_INIT (reg_equiv_memory_loc_varray, 0, "reg_equiv_memory_loc");
490 }
491
492 /* List of insn chains that are currently unused. */
493 static struct insn_chain *unused_insn_chains = 0;
494
495 /* Allocate an empty insn_chain structure. */
496 struct insn_chain *
497 new_insn_chain (void)
498 {
499 struct insn_chain *c;
500
501 if (unused_insn_chains == 0)
502 {
503 c = obstack_alloc (&reload_obstack, sizeof (struct insn_chain));
504 INIT_REG_SET (&c->live_throughout);
505 INIT_REG_SET (&c->dead_or_set);
506 }
507 else
508 {
509 c = unused_insn_chains;
510 unused_insn_chains = c->next;
511 }
512 c->is_caller_save_insn = 0;
513 c->need_operand_change = 0;
514 c->need_reload = 0;
515 c->need_elim = 0;
516 return c;
517 }
518
519 /* Small utility function to set all regs in hard reg set TO which are
520 allocated to pseudos in regset FROM. */
521
522 void
523 compute_use_by_pseudos (HARD_REG_SET *to, regset from)
524 {
525 unsigned int regno;
526 reg_set_iterator rsi;
527
528 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_REG_SET (from, FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, regno, rsi)
529 {
530 int r = reg_renumber[regno];
531 int nregs;
532
533 if (r < 0)
534 {
535 /* reload_combine uses the information from
536 BASIC_BLOCK->global_live_at_start, which might still
537 contain registers that have not actually been allocated
538 since they have an equivalence. */
539 gcc_assert (reload_completed);
540 }
541 else
542 {
543 nregs = hard_regno_nregs[r][PSEUDO_REGNO_MODE (regno)];
544 while (nregs-- > 0)
545 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (*to, r + nregs);
546 }
547 }
548 }
549
550 /* Replace all pseudos found in LOC with their corresponding
551 equivalences. */
552
553 static void
554 replace_pseudos_in (rtx *loc, enum machine_mode mem_mode, rtx usage)
555 {
556 rtx x = *loc;
557 enum rtx_code code;
558 const char *fmt;
559 int i, j;
560
561 if (! x)
562 return;
563
564 code = GET_CODE (x);
565 if (code == REG)
566 {
567 unsigned int regno = REGNO (x);
568
569 if (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
570 return;
571
572 x = eliminate_regs (x, mem_mode, usage);
573 if (x != *loc)
574 {
575 *loc = x;
576 replace_pseudos_in (loc, mem_mode, usage);
577 return;
578 }
579
580 if (reg_equiv_constant[regno])
581 *loc = reg_equiv_constant[regno];
582 else if (reg_equiv_mem[regno])
583 *loc = reg_equiv_mem[regno];
584 else if (reg_equiv_address[regno])
585 *loc = gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (x), reg_equiv_address[regno]);
586 else
587 {
588 gcc_assert (!REG_P (regno_reg_rtx[regno])
589 || REGNO (regno_reg_rtx[regno]) != regno);
590 *loc = regno_reg_rtx[regno];
591 }
592
593 return;
594 }
595 else if (code == MEM)
596 {
597 replace_pseudos_in (& XEXP (x, 0), GET_MODE (x), usage);
598 return;
599 }
600
601 /* Process each of our operands recursively. */
602 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
603 for (i = 0; i < GET_RTX_LENGTH (code); i++, fmt++)
604 if (*fmt == 'e')
605 replace_pseudos_in (&XEXP (x, i), mem_mode, usage);
606 else if (*fmt == 'E')
607 for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
608 replace_pseudos_in (& XVECEXP (x, i, j), mem_mode, usage);
609 }
610
611 \f
612 /* Global variables used by reload and its subroutines. */
613
614 /* Set during calculate_needs if an insn needs register elimination. */
615 static int something_needs_elimination;
616 /* Set during calculate_needs if an insn needs an operand changed. */
617 static int something_needs_operands_changed;
618
619 /* Nonzero means we couldn't get enough spill regs. */
620 static int failure;
621
622 /* Main entry point for the reload pass.
623
624 FIRST is the first insn of the function being compiled.
625
626 GLOBAL nonzero means we were called from global_alloc
627 and should attempt to reallocate any pseudoregs that we
628 displace from hard regs we will use for reloads.
629 If GLOBAL is zero, we do not have enough information to do that,
630 so any pseudo reg that is spilled must go to the stack.
631
632 Return value is nonzero if reload failed
633 and we must not do any more for this function. */
634
635 int
636 reload (rtx first, int global)
637 {
638 int i;
639 rtx insn;
640 struct elim_table *ep;
641 basic_block bb;
642
643 /* Make sure even insns with volatile mem refs are recognizable. */
644 init_recog ();
645
646 failure = 0;
647
648 reload_firstobj = obstack_alloc (&reload_obstack, 0);
649
650 /* Make sure that the last insn in the chain
651 is not something that needs reloading. */
652 emit_note (NOTE_INSN_DELETED);
653
654 /* Enable find_equiv_reg to distinguish insns made by reload. */
655 reload_first_uid = get_max_uid ();
656
657 #ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED
658 /* Initialize the secondary memory table. */
659 clear_secondary_mem ();
660 #endif
661
662 /* We don't have a stack slot for any spill reg yet. */
663 memset (spill_stack_slot, 0, sizeof spill_stack_slot);
664 memset (spill_stack_slot_width, 0, sizeof spill_stack_slot_width);
665
666 /* Initialize the save area information for caller-save, in case some
667 are needed. */
668 init_save_areas ();
669
670 /* Compute which hard registers are now in use
671 as homes for pseudo registers.
672 This is done here rather than (eg) in global_alloc
673 because this point is reached even if not optimizing. */
674 for (i = FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i < max_regno; i++)
675 mark_home_live (i);
676
677 /* A function that receives a nonlocal goto must save all call-saved
678 registers. */
679 if (current_function_has_nonlocal_label)
680 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
681 if (! call_used_regs[i] && ! fixed_regs[i] && ! LOCAL_REGNO (i))
682 regs_ever_live[i] = 1;
683
684 /* Find all the pseudo registers that didn't get hard regs
685 but do have known equivalent constants or memory slots.
686 These include parameters (known equivalent to parameter slots)
687 and cse'd or loop-moved constant memory addresses.
688
689 Record constant equivalents in reg_equiv_constant
690 so they will be substituted by find_reloads.
691 Record memory equivalents in reg_mem_equiv so they can
692 be substituted eventually by altering the REG-rtx's. */
693
694 reg_equiv_constant = xcalloc (max_regno, sizeof (rtx));
695 reg_equiv_mem = xcalloc (max_regno, sizeof (rtx));
696 reg_equiv_init = xcalloc (max_regno, sizeof (rtx));
697 reg_equiv_address = xcalloc (max_regno, sizeof (rtx));
698 reg_max_ref_width = xcalloc (max_regno, sizeof (int));
699 reg_old_renumber = xcalloc (max_regno, sizeof (short));
700 memcpy (reg_old_renumber, reg_renumber, max_regno * sizeof (short));
701 pseudo_forbidden_regs = xmalloc (max_regno * sizeof (HARD_REG_SET));
702 pseudo_previous_regs = xcalloc (max_regno, sizeof (HARD_REG_SET));
703
704 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (bad_spill_regs_global);
705
706 /* Look for REG_EQUIV notes; record what each pseudo is equivalent
707 to. Also find all paradoxical subregs and find largest such for
708 each pseudo. */
709
710 num_eliminable_invariants = 0;
711 for (insn = first; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
712 {
713 rtx set = single_set (insn);
714
715 /* We may introduce USEs that we want to remove at the end, so
716 we'll mark them with QImode. Make sure there are no
717 previously-marked insns left by say regmove. */
718 if (INSN_P (insn) && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == USE
719 && GET_MODE (insn) != VOIDmode)
720 PUT_MODE (insn, VOIDmode);
721
722 if (set != 0 && REG_P (SET_DEST (set)))
723 {
724 rtx note = find_reg_note (insn, REG_EQUIV, NULL_RTX);
725 if (note
726 && (! function_invariant_p (XEXP (note, 0))
727 || ! flag_pic
728 /* A function invariant is often CONSTANT_P but may
729 include a register. We promise to only pass
730 CONSTANT_P objects to LEGITIMATE_PIC_OPERAND_P. */
731 || (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (note, 0))
732 && LEGITIMATE_PIC_OPERAND_P (XEXP (note, 0)))))
733 {
734 rtx x = XEXP (note, 0);
735 i = REGNO (SET_DEST (set));
736 if (i > LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER)
737 {
738 /* It can happen that a REG_EQUIV note contains a MEM
739 that is not a legitimate memory operand. As later
740 stages of reload assume that all addresses found
741 in the reg_equiv_* arrays were originally legitimate,
742
743 It can also happen that a REG_EQUIV note contains a
744 readonly memory location. If the destination pseudo
745 is set from some other value (typically a different
746 pseudo), and the destination pseudo does not get a
747 hard reg, then reload will replace the destination
748 pseudo with its equivalent memory location. This
749 is horribly bad as it creates a store to a readonly
750 memory location and a runtime segfault. To avoid
751 this problem we reject readonly memory locations
752 for equivalences. This is overly conservative as
753 we could find all sets of the destination pseudo
754 and remove them as they should be redundant. */
755 if (memory_operand (x, VOIDmode) && ! MEM_READONLY_P (x))
756 {
757 /* Always unshare the equivalence, so we can
758 substitute into this insn without touching the
759 equivalence. */
760 reg_equiv_memory_loc[i] = copy_rtx (x);
761 }
762 else if (function_invariant_p (x))
763 {
764 if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS)
765 {
766 /* This is PLUS of frame pointer and a constant,
767 and might be shared. Unshare it. */
768 reg_equiv_constant[i] = copy_rtx (x);
769 num_eliminable_invariants++;
770 }
771 else if (x == frame_pointer_rtx
772 || x == arg_pointer_rtx)
773 {
774 reg_equiv_constant[i] = x;
775 num_eliminable_invariants++;
776 }
777 else if (LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (x))
778 reg_equiv_constant[i] = x;
779 else
780 {
781 reg_equiv_memory_loc[i]
782 = force_const_mem (GET_MODE (SET_DEST (set)), x);
783 if (!reg_equiv_memory_loc[i])
784 continue;
785 }
786 }
787 else
788 continue;
789
790 /* If this register is being made equivalent to a MEM
791 and the MEM is not SET_SRC, the equivalencing insn
792 is one with the MEM as a SET_DEST and it occurs later.
793 So don't mark this insn now. */
794 if (!MEM_P (x)
795 || rtx_equal_p (SET_SRC (set), x))
796 reg_equiv_init[i]
797 = gen_rtx_INSN_LIST (VOIDmode, insn, reg_equiv_init[i]);
798 }
799 }
800 }
801
802 /* If this insn is setting a MEM from a register equivalent to it,
803 this is the equivalencing insn. */
804 else if (set && MEM_P (SET_DEST (set))
805 && REG_P (SET_SRC (set))
806 && reg_equiv_memory_loc[REGNO (SET_SRC (set))]
807 && rtx_equal_p (SET_DEST (set),
808 reg_equiv_memory_loc[REGNO (SET_SRC (set))]))
809 reg_equiv_init[REGNO (SET_SRC (set))]
810 = gen_rtx_INSN_LIST (VOIDmode, insn,
811 reg_equiv_init[REGNO (SET_SRC (set))]);
812
813 if (INSN_P (insn))
814 scan_paradoxical_subregs (PATTERN (insn));
815 }
816
817 init_elim_table ();
818
819 first_label_num = get_first_label_num ();
820 num_labels = max_label_num () - first_label_num;
821
822 /* Allocate the tables used to store offset information at labels. */
823 /* We used to use alloca here, but the size of what it would try to
824 allocate would occasionally cause it to exceed the stack limit and
825 cause a core dump. */
826 offsets_known_at = xmalloc (num_labels);
827 offsets_at = xmalloc (num_labels * NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
828
829 /* Alter each pseudo-reg rtx to contain its hard reg number.
830 Assign stack slots to the pseudos that lack hard regs or equivalents.
831 Do not touch virtual registers. */
832
833 for (i = LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER + 1; i < max_regno; i++)
834 alter_reg (i, -1);
835
836 /* If we have some registers we think can be eliminated, scan all insns to
837 see if there is an insn that sets one of these registers to something
838 other than itself plus a constant. If so, the register cannot be
839 eliminated. Doing this scan here eliminates an extra pass through the
840 main reload loop in the most common case where register elimination
841 cannot be done. */
842 for (insn = first; insn && num_eliminable; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
843 if (INSN_P (insn))
844 note_stores (PATTERN (insn), mark_not_eliminable, NULL);
845
846 maybe_fix_stack_asms ();
847
848 insns_need_reload = 0;
849 something_needs_elimination = 0;
850
851 /* Initialize to -1, which means take the first spill register. */
852 last_spill_reg = -1;
853
854 /* Spill any hard regs that we know we can't eliminate. */
855 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (used_spill_regs);
856 /* There can be multiple ways to eliminate a register;
857 they should be listed adjacently.
858 Elimination for any register fails only if all possible ways fail. */
859 for (ep = reg_eliminate; ep < &reg_eliminate[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS]; )
860 {
861 int from = ep->from;
862 int can_eliminate = 0;
863 do
864 {
865 can_eliminate |= ep->can_eliminate;
866 ep++;
867 }
868 while (ep < &reg_eliminate[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS] && ep->from == from);
869 if (! can_eliminate)
870 spill_hard_reg (from, 1);
871 }
872
873 #if HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
874 if (frame_pointer_needed)
875 spill_hard_reg (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, 1);
876 #endif
877 finish_spills (global);
878
879 /* From now on, we may need to generate moves differently. We may also
880 allow modifications of insns which cause them to not be recognized.
881 Any such modifications will be cleaned up during reload itself. */
882 reload_in_progress = 1;
883
884 /* This loop scans the entire function each go-round
885 and repeats until one repetition spills no additional hard regs. */
886 for (;;)
887 {
888 int something_changed;
889 int did_spill;
890
891 HOST_WIDE_INT starting_frame_size;
892
893 /* Round size of stack frame to stack_alignment_needed. This must be done
894 here because the stack size may be a part of the offset computation
895 for register elimination, and there might have been new stack slots
896 created in the last iteration of this loop. */
897 if (cfun->stack_alignment_needed)
898 assign_stack_local (BLKmode, 0, cfun->stack_alignment_needed);
899
900 starting_frame_size = get_frame_size ();
901
902 set_initial_elim_offsets ();
903 set_initial_label_offsets ();
904
905 /* For each pseudo register that has an equivalent location defined,
906 try to eliminate any eliminable registers (such as the frame pointer)
907 assuming initial offsets for the replacement register, which
908 is the normal case.
909
910 If the resulting location is directly addressable, substitute
911 the MEM we just got directly for the old REG.
912
913 If it is not addressable but is a constant or the sum of a hard reg
914 and constant, it is probably not addressable because the constant is
915 out of range, in that case record the address; we will generate
916 hairy code to compute the address in a register each time it is
917 needed. Similarly if it is a hard register, but one that is not
918 valid as an address register.
919
920 If the location is not addressable, but does not have one of the
921 above forms, assign a stack slot. We have to do this to avoid the
922 potential of producing lots of reloads if, e.g., a location involves
923 a pseudo that didn't get a hard register and has an equivalent memory
924 location that also involves a pseudo that didn't get a hard register.
925
926 Perhaps at some point we will improve reload_when_needed handling
927 so this problem goes away. But that's very hairy. */
928
929 for (i = FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i < max_regno; i++)
930 if (reg_renumber[i] < 0 && reg_equiv_memory_loc[i])
931 {
932 rtx x = eliminate_regs (reg_equiv_memory_loc[i], 0, NULL_RTX);
933
934 if (strict_memory_address_p (GET_MODE (regno_reg_rtx[i]),
935 XEXP (x, 0)))
936 reg_equiv_mem[i] = x, reg_equiv_address[i] = 0;
937 else if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (x, 0))
938 || (REG_P (XEXP (x, 0))
939 && REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
940 || (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PLUS
941 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0))
942 && (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0))
943 < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
944 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1))))
945 reg_equiv_address[i] = XEXP (x, 0), reg_equiv_mem[i] = 0;
946 else
947 {
948 /* Make a new stack slot. Then indicate that something
949 changed so we go back and recompute offsets for
950 eliminable registers because the allocation of memory
951 below might change some offset. reg_equiv_{mem,address}
952 will be set up for this pseudo on the next pass around
953 the loop. */
954 reg_equiv_memory_loc[i] = 0;
955 reg_equiv_init[i] = 0;
956 alter_reg (i, -1);
957 }
958 }
959
960 if (caller_save_needed)
961 setup_save_areas ();
962
963 /* If we allocated another stack slot, redo elimination bookkeeping. */
964 if (starting_frame_size != get_frame_size ())
965 continue;
966
967 if (caller_save_needed)
968 {
969 save_call_clobbered_regs ();
970 /* That might have allocated new insn_chain structures. */
971 reload_firstobj = obstack_alloc (&reload_obstack, 0);
972 }
973
974 calculate_needs_all_insns (global);
975
976 CLEAR_REG_SET (&spilled_pseudos);
977 did_spill = 0;
978
979 something_changed = 0;
980
981 /* If we allocated any new memory locations, make another pass
982 since it might have changed elimination offsets. */
983 if (starting_frame_size != get_frame_size ())
984 something_changed = 1;
985
986 /* Even if the frame size remained the same, we might still have
987 changed elimination offsets, e.g. if find_reloads called
988 force_const_mem requiring the back end to allocate a constant
989 pool base register that needs to be saved on the stack. */
990 else if (!verify_initial_elim_offsets ())
991 something_changed = 1;
992
993 {
994 HARD_REG_SET to_spill;
995 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (to_spill);
996 update_eliminables (&to_spill);
997 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
998 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (to_spill, i))
999 {
1000 spill_hard_reg (i, 1);
1001 did_spill = 1;
1002
1003 /* Regardless of the state of spills, if we previously had
1004 a register that we thought we could eliminate, but now can
1005 not eliminate, we must run another pass.
1006
1007 Consider pseudos which have an entry in reg_equiv_* which
1008 reference an eliminable register. We must make another pass
1009 to update reg_equiv_* so that we do not substitute in the
1010 old value from when we thought the elimination could be
1011 performed. */
1012 something_changed = 1;
1013 }
1014 }
1015
1016 select_reload_regs ();
1017 if (failure)
1018 goto failed;
1019
1020 if (insns_need_reload != 0 || did_spill)
1021 something_changed |= finish_spills (global);
1022
1023 if (! something_changed)
1024 break;
1025
1026 if (caller_save_needed)
1027 delete_caller_save_insns ();
1028
1029 obstack_free (&reload_obstack, reload_firstobj);
1030 }
1031
1032 /* If global-alloc was run, notify it of any register eliminations we have
1033 done. */
1034 if (global)
1035 for (ep = reg_eliminate; ep < &reg_eliminate[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS]; ep++)
1036 if (ep->can_eliminate)
1037 mark_elimination (ep->from, ep->to);
1038
1039 /* If a pseudo has no hard reg, delete the insns that made the equivalence.
1040 If that insn didn't set the register (i.e., it copied the register to
1041 memory), just delete that insn instead of the equivalencing insn plus
1042 anything now dead. If we call delete_dead_insn on that insn, we may
1043 delete the insn that actually sets the register if the register dies
1044 there and that is incorrect. */
1045
1046 for (i = FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i < max_regno; i++)
1047 {
1048 if (reg_renumber[i] < 0 && reg_equiv_init[i] != 0)
1049 {
1050 rtx list;
1051 for (list = reg_equiv_init[i]; list; list = XEXP (list, 1))
1052 {
1053 rtx equiv_insn = XEXP (list, 0);
1054
1055 /* If we already deleted the insn or if it may trap, we can't
1056 delete it. The latter case shouldn't happen, but can
1057 if an insn has a variable address, gets a REG_EH_REGION
1058 note added to it, and then gets converted into an load
1059 from a constant address. */
1060 if (NOTE_P (equiv_insn)
1061 || can_throw_internal (equiv_insn))
1062 ;
1063 else if (reg_set_p (regno_reg_rtx[i], PATTERN (equiv_insn)))
1064 delete_dead_insn (equiv_insn);
1065 else
1066 SET_INSN_DELETED (equiv_insn);
1067 }
1068 }
1069 }
1070
1071 /* Use the reload registers where necessary
1072 by generating move instructions to move the must-be-register
1073 values into or out of the reload registers. */
1074
1075 if (insns_need_reload != 0 || something_needs_elimination
1076 || something_needs_operands_changed)
1077 {
1078 HOST_WIDE_INT old_frame_size = get_frame_size ();
1079
1080 reload_as_needed (global);
1081
1082 gcc_assert (old_frame_size == get_frame_size ());
1083
1084 gcc_assert (verify_initial_elim_offsets ());
1085 }
1086
1087 /* If we were able to eliminate the frame pointer, show that it is no
1088 longer live at the start of any basic block. If it ls live by
1089 virtue of being in a pseudo, that pseudo will be marked live
1090 and hence the frame pointer will be known to be live via that
1091 pseudo. */
1092
1093 if (! frame_pointer_needed)
1094 FOR_EACH_BB (bb)
1095 CLEAR_REGNO_REG_SET (bb->global_live_at_start,
1096 HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
1097
1098 /* Come here (with failure set nonzero) if we can't get enough spill
1099 regs. */
1100 failed:
1101
1102 CLEAR_REG_SET (&spilled_pseudos);
1103 reload_in_progress = 0;
1104
1105 /* Now eliminate all pseudo regs by modifying them into
1106 their equivalent memory references.
1107 The REG-rtx's for the pseudos are modified in place,
1108 so all insns that used to refer to them now refer to memory.
1109
1110 For a reg that has a reg_equiv_address, all those insns
1111 were changed by reloading so that no insns refer to it any longer;
1112 but the DECL_RTL of a variable decl may refer to it,
1113 and if so this causes the debugging info to mention the variable. */
1114
1115 for (i = FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i < max_regno; i++)
1116 {
1117 rtx addr = 0;
1118
1119 if (reg_equiv_mem[i])
1120 addr = XEXP (reg_equiv_mem[i], 0);
1121
1122 if (reg_equiv_address[i])
1123 addr = reg_equiv_address[i];
1124
1125 if (addr)
1126 {
1127 if (reg_renumber[i] < 0)
1128 {
1129 rtx reg = regno_reg_rtx[i];
1130
1131 REG_USERVAR_P (reg) = 0;
1132 PUT_CODE (reg, MEM);
1133 XEXP (reg, 0) = addr;
1134 if (reg_equiv_memory_loc[i])
1135 MEM_COPY_ATTRIBUTES (reg, reg_equiv_memory_loc[i]);
1136 else
1137 {
1138 MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (reg) = MEM_SCALAR_P (reg) = 0;
1139 MEM_ATTRS (reg) = 0;
1140 }
1141 }
1142 else if (reg_equiv_mem[i])
1143 XEXP (reg_equiv_mem[i], 0) = addr;
1144 }
1145 }
1146
1147 /* We must set reload_completed now since the cleanup_subreg_operands call
1148 below will re-recognize each insn and reload may have generated insns
1149 which are only valid during and after reload. */
1150 reload_completed = 1;
1151
1152 /* Make a pass over all the insns and delete all USEs which we inserted
1153 only to tag a REG_EQUAL note on them. Remove all REG_DEAD and REG_UNUSED
1154 notes. Delete all CLOBBER insns, except those that refer to the return
1155 value and the special mem:BLK CLOBBERs added to prevent the scheduler
1156 from misarranging variable-array code, and simplify (subreg (reg))
1157 operands. Also remove all REG_RETVAL and REG_LIBCALL notes since they
1158 are no longer useful or accurate. Strip and regenerate REG_INC notes
1159 that may have been moved around. */
1160
1161 for (insn = first; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
1162 if (INSN_P (insn))
1163 {
1164 rtx *pnote;
1165
1166 if (CALL_P (insn))
1167 replace_pseudos_in (& CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (insn),
1168 VOIDmode, CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (insn));
1169
1170 if ((GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == USE
1171 /* We mark with QImode USEs introduced by reload itself. */
1172 && (GET_MODE (insn) == QImode
1173 || find_reg_note (insn, REG_EQUAL, NULL_RTX)))
1174 || (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == CLOBBER
1175 && (!MEM_P (XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0))
1176 || GET_MODE (XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0)) != BLKmode
1177 || (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0), 0)) != SCRATCH
1178 && XEXP (XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0), 0)
1179 != stack_pointer_rtx))
1180 && (!REG_P (XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0))
1181 || ! REG_FUNCTION_VALUE_P (XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0)))))
1182 {
1183 delete_insn (insn);
1184 continue;
1185 }
1186
1187 /* Some CLOBBERs may survive until here and still reference unassigned
1188 pseudos with const equivalent, which may in turn cause ICE in later
1189 passes if the reference remains in place. */
1190 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == CLOBBER)
1191 replace_pseudos_in (& XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0),
1192 VOIDmode, PATTERN (insn));
1193
1194 /* Discard obvious no-ops, even without -O. This optimization
1195 is fast and doesn't interfere with debugging. */
1196 if (NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn)
1197 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET
1198 && REG_P (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn)))
1199 && REG_P (SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn)))
1200 && (REGNO (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn)))
1201 == REGNO (SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn)))))
1202 {
1203 delete_insn (insn);
1204 continue;
1205 }
1206
1207 pnote = &REG_NOTES (insn);
1208 while (*pnote != 0)
1209 {
1210 if (REG_NOTE_KIND (*pnote) == REG_DEAD
1211 || REG_NOTE_KIND (*pnote) == REG_UNUSED
1212 || REG_NOTE_KIND (*pnote) == REG_INC
1213 || REG_NOTE_KIND (*pnote) == REG_RETVAL
1214 || REG_NOTE_KIND (*pnote) == REG_LIBCALL)
1215 *pnote = XEXP (*pnote, 1);
1216 else
1217 pnote = &XEXP (*pnote, 1);
1218 }
1219
1220 #ifdef AUTO_INC_DEC
1221 add_auto_inc_notes (insn, PATTERN (insn));
1222 #endif
1223
1224 /* And simplify (subreg (reg)) if it appears as an operand. */
1225 cleanup_subreg_operands (insn);
1226 }
1227
1228 /* If we are doing stack checking, give a warning if this function's
1229 frame size is larger than we expect. */
1230 if (flag_stack_check && ! STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN)
1231 {
1232 HOST_WIDE_INT size = get_frame_size () + STACK_CHECK_FIXED_FRAME_SIZE;
1233 static int verbose_warned = 0;
1234
1235 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
1236 if (regs_ever_live[i] && ! fixed_regs[i] && call_used_regs[i])
1237 size += UNITS_PER_WORD;
1238
1239 if (size > STACK_CHECK_MAX_FRAME_SIZE)
1240 {
1241 warning (0, "frame size too large for reliable stack checking");
1242 if (! verbose_warned)
1243 {
1244 warning (0, "try reducing the number of local variables");
1245 verbose_warned = 1;
1246 }
1247 }
1248 }
1249
1250 /* Indicate that we no longer have known memory locations or constants. */
1251 if (reg_equiv_constant)
1252 free (reg_equiv_constant);
1253 reg_equiv_constant = 0;
1254 VARRAY_GROW (reg_equiv_memory_loc_varray, 0);
1255 reg_equiv_memory_loc = 0;
1256
1257 if (offsets_known_at)
1258 free (offsets_known_at);
1259 if (offsets_at)
1260 free (offsets_at);
1261
1262 free (reg_equiv_mem);
1263 free (reg_equiv_init);
1264 free (reg_equiv_address);
1265 free (reg_max_ref_width);
1266 free (reg_old_renumber);
1267 free (pseudo_previous_regs);
1268 free (pseudo_forbidden_regs);
1269
1270 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (used_spill_regs);
1271 for (i = 0; i < n_spills; i++)
1272 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (used_spill_regs, spill_regs[i]);
1273
1274 /* Free all the insn_chain structures at once. */
1275 obstack_free (&reload_obstack, reload_startobj);
1276 unused_insn_chains = 0;
1277 fixup_abnormal_edges ();
1278
1279 /* Replacing pseudos with their memory equivalents might have
1280 created shared rtx. Subsequent passes would get confused
1281 by this, so unshare everything here. */
1282 unshare_all_rtl_again (first);
1283
1284 #ifdef STACK_BOUNDARY
1285 /* init_emit has set the alignment of the hard frame pointer
1286 to STACK_BOUNDARY. It is very likely no longer valid if
1287 the hard frame pointer was used for register allocation. */
1288 if (!frame_pointer_needed)
1289 REGNO_POINTER_ALIGN (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM) = BITS_PER_UNIT;
1290 #endif
1291
1292 return failure;
1293 }
1294
1295 /* Yet another special case. Unfortunately, reg-stack forces people to
1296 write incorrect clobbers in asm statements. These clobbers must not
1297 cause the register to appear in bad_spill_regs, otherwise we'll call
1298 fatal_insn later. We clear the corresponding regnos in the live
1299 register sets to avoid this.
1300 The whole thing is rather sick, I'm afraid. */
1301
1302 static void
1303 maybe_fix_stack_asms (void)
1304 {
1305 #ifdef STACK_REGS
1306 const char *constraints[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
1307 enum machine_mode operand_mode[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
1308 struct insn_chain *chain;
1309
1310 for (chain = reload_insn_chain; chain != 0; chain = chain->next)
1311 {
1312 int i, noperands;
1313 HARD_REG_SET clobbered, allowed;
1314 rtx pat;
1315
1316 if (! INSN_P (chain->insn)
1317 || (noperands = asm_noperands (PATTERN (chain->insn))) < 0)
1318 continue;
1319 pat = PATTERN (chain->insn);
1320 if (GET_CODE (pat) != PARALLEL)
1321 continue;
1322
1323 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (clobbered);
1324 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (allowed);
1325
1326 /* First, make a mask of all stack regs that are clobbered. */
1327 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (pat, 0); i++)
1328 {
1329 rtx t = XVECEXP (pat, 0, i);
1330 if (GET_CODE (t) == CLOBBER && STACK_REG_P (XEXP (t, 0)))
1331 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (clobbered, REGNO (XEXP (t, 0)));
1332 }
1333
1334 /* Get the operand values and constraints out of the insn. */
1335 decode_asm_operands (pat, recog_data.operand, recog_data.operand_loc,
1336 constraints, operand_mode);
1337
1338 /* For every operand, see what registers are allowed. */
1339 for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++)
1340 {
1341 const char *p = constraints[i];
1342 /* For every alternative, we compute the class of registers allowed
1343 for reloading in CLS, and merge its contents into the reg set
1344 ALLOWED. */
1345 int cls = (int) NO_REGS;
1346
1347 for (;;)
1348 {
1349 char c = *p;
1350
1351 if (c == '\0' || c == ',' || c == '#')
1352 {
1353 /* End of one alternative - mark the regs in the current
1354 class, and reset the class. */
1355 IOR_HARD_REG_SET (allowed, reg_class_contents[cls]);
1356 cls = NO_REGS;
1357 p++;
1358 if (c == '#')
1359 do {
1360 c = *p++;
1361 } while (c != '\0' && c != ',');
1362 if (c == '\0')
1363 break;
1364 continue;
1365 }
1366
1367 switch (c)
1368 {
1369 case '=': case '+': case '*': case '%': case '?': case '!':
1370 case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case 'm':
1371 case '<': case '>': case 'V': case 'o': case '&': case 'E':
1372 case 'F': case 's': case 'i': case 'n': case 'X': case 'I':
1373 case 'J': case 'K': case 'L': case 'M': case 'N': case 'O':
1374 case 'P':
1375 break;
1376
1377 case 'p':
1378 cls = (int) reg_class_subunion[cls]
1379 [(int) MODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (VOIDmode)];
1380 break;
1381
1382 case 'g':
1383 case 'r':
1384 cls = (int) reg_class_subunion[cls][(int) GENERAL_REGS];
1385 break;
1386
1387 default:
1388 if (EXTRA_ADDRESS_CONSTRAINT (c, p))
1389 cls = (int) reg_class_subunion[cls]
1390 [(int) MODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (VOIDmode)];
1391 else
1392 cls = (int) reg_class_subunion[cls]
1393 [(int) REG_CLASS_FROM_CONSTRAINT (c, p)];
1394 }
1395 p += CONSTRAINT_LEN (c, p);
1396 }
1397 }
1398 /* Those of the registers which are clobbered, but allowed by the
1399 constraints, must be usable as reload registers. So clear them
1400 out of the life information. */
1401 AND_HARD_REG_SET (allowed, clobbered);
1402 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
1403 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (allowed, i))
1404 {
1405 CLEAR_REGNO_REG_SET (&chain->live_throughout, i);
1406 CLEAR_REGNO_REG_SET (&chain->dead_or_set, i);
1407 }
1408 }
1409
1410 #endif
1411 }
1412 \f
1413 /* Copy the global variables n_reloads and rld into the corresponding elts
1414 of CHAIN. */
1415 static void
1416 copy_reloads (struct insn_chain *chain)
1417 {
1418 chain->n_reloads = n_reloads;
1419 chain->rld = obstack_alloc (&reload_obstack,
1420 n_reloads * sizeof (struct reload));
1421 memcpy (chain->rld, rld, n_reloads * sizeof (struct reload));
1422 reload_insn_firstobj = obstack_alloc (&reload_obstack, 0);
1423 }
1424
1425 /* Walk the chain of insns, and determine for each whether it needs reloads
1426 and/or eliminations. Build the corresponding insns_need_reload list, and
1427 set something_needs_elimination as appropriate. */
1428 static void
1429 calculate_needs_all_insns (int global)
1430 {
1431 struct insn_chain **pprev_reload = &insns_need_reload;
1432 struct insn_chain *chain, *next = 0;
1433
1434 something_needs_elimination = 0;
1435
1436 reload_insn_firstobj = obstack_alloc (&reload_obstack, 0);
1437 for (chain = reload_insn_chain; chain != 0; chain = next)
1438 {
1439 rtx insn = chain->insn;
1440
1441 next = chain->next;
1442
1443 /* Clear out the shortcuts. */
1444 chain->n_reloads = 0;
1445 chain->need_elim = 0;
1446 chain->need_reload = 0;
1447 chain->need_operand_change = 0;
1448
1449 /* If this is a label, a JUMP_INSN, or has REG_NOTES (which might
1450 include REG_LABEL), we need to see what effects this has on the
1451 known offsets at labels. */
1452
1453 if (LABEL_P (insn) || JUMP_P (insn)
1454 || (INSN_P (insn) && REG_NOTES (insn) != 0))
1455 set_label_offsets (insn, insn, 0);
1456
1457 if (INSN_P (insn))
1458 {
1459 rtx old_body = PATTERN (insn);
1460 int old_code = INSN_CODE (insn);
1461 rtx old_notes = REG_NOTES (insn);
1462 int did_elimination = 0;
1463 int operands_changed = 0;
1464 rtx set = single_set (insn);
1465
1466 /* Skip insns that only set an equivalence. */
1467 if (set && REG_P (SET_DEST (set))
1468 && reg_renumber[REGNO (SET_DEST (set))] < 0
1469 && reg_equiv_constant[REGNO (SET_DEST (set))])
1470 continue;
1471
1472 /* If needed, eliminate any eliminable registers. */
1473 if (num_eliminable || num_eliminable_invariants)
1474 did_elimination = eliminate_regs_in_insn (insn, 0);
1475
1476 /* Analyze the instruction. */
1477 operands_changed = find_reloads (insn, 0, spill_indirect_levels,
1478 global, spill_reg_order);
1479
1480 /* If a no-op set needs more than one reload, this is likely
1481 to be something that needs input address reloads. We
1482 can't get rid of this cleanly later, and it is of no use
1483 anyway, so discard it now.
1484 We only do this when expensive_optimizations is enabled,
1485 since this complements reload inheritance / output
1486 reload deletion, and it can make debugging harder. */
1487 if (flag_expensive_optimizations && n_reloads > 1)
1488 {
1489 rtx set = single_set (insn);
1490 if (set
1491 && SET_SRC (set) == SET_DEST (set)
1492 && REG_P (SET_SRC (set))
1493 && REGNO (SET_SRC (set)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
1494 {
1495 delete_insn (insn);
1496 /* Delete it from the reload chain. */
1497 if (chain->prev)
1498 chain->prev->next = next;
1499 else
1500 reload_insn_chain = next;
1501 if (next)
1502 next->prev = chain->prev;
1503 chain->next = unused_insn_chains;
1504 unused_insn_chains = chain;
1505 continue;
1506 }
1507 }
1508 if (num_eliminable)
1509 update_eliminable_offsets ();
1510
1511 /* Remember for later shortcuts which insns had any reloads or
1512 register eliminations. */
1513 chain->need_elim = did_elimination;
1514 chain->need_reload = n_reloads > 0;
1515 chain->need_operand_change = operands_changed;
1516
1517 /* Discard any register replacements done. */
1518 if (did_elimination)
1519 {
1520 obstack_free (&reload_obstack, reload_insn_firstobj);
1521 PATTERN (insn) = old_body;
1522 INSN_CODE (insn) = old_code;
1523 REG_NOTES (insn) = old_notes;
1524 something_needs_elimination = 1;
1525 }
1526
1527 something_needs_operands_changed |= operands_changed;
1528
1529 if (n_reloads != 0)
1530 {
1531 copy_reloads (chain);
1532 *pprev_reload = chain;
1533 pprev_reload = &chain->next_need_reload;
1534 }
1535 }
1536 }
1537 *pprev_reload = 0;
1538 }
1539 \f
1540 /* Comparison function for qsort to decide which of two reloads
1541 should be handled first. *P1 and *P2 are the reload numbers. */
1542
1543 static int
1544 reload_reg_class_lower (const void *r1p, const void *r2p)
1545 {
1546 int r1 = *(const short *) r1p, r2 = *(const short *) r2p;
1547 int t;
1548
1549 /* Consider required reloads before optional ones. */
1550 t = rld[r1].optional - rld[r2].optional;
1551 if (t != 0)
1552 return t;
1553
1554 /* Count all solitary classes before non-solitary ones. */
1555 t = ((reg_class_size[(int) rld[r2].class] == 1)
1556 - (reg_class_size[(int) rld[r1].class] == 1));
1557 if (t != 0)
1558 return t;
1559
1560 /* Aside from solitaires, consider all multi-reg groups first. */
1561 t = rld[r2].nregs - rld[r1].nregs;
1562 if (t != 0)
1563 return t;
1564
1565 /* Consider reloads in order of increasing reg-class number. */
1566 t = (int) rld[r1].class - (int) rld[r2].class;
1567 if (t != 0)
1568 return t;
1569
1570 /* If reloads are equally urgent, sort by reload number,
1571 so that the results of qsort leave nothing to chance. */
1572 return r1 - r2;
1573 }
1574 \f
1575 /* The cost of spilling each hard reg. */
1576 static int spill_cost[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER];
1577
1578 /* When spilling multiple hard registers, we use SPILL_COST for the first
1579 spilled hard reg and SPILL_ADD_COST for subsequent regs. SPILL_ADD_COST
1580 only the first hard reg for a multi-reg pseudo. */
1581 static int spill_add_cost[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER];
1582
1583 /* Update the spill cost arrays, considering that pseudo REG is live. */
1584
1585 static void
1586 count_pseudo (int reg)
1587 {
1588 int freq = REG_FREQ (reg);
1589 int r = reg_renumber[reg];
1590 int nregs;
1591
1592 if (REGNO_REG_SET_P (&pseudos_counted, reg)
1593 || REGNO_REG_SET_P (&spilled_pseudos, reg))
1594 return;
1595
1596 SET_REGNO_REG_SET (&pseudos_counted, reg);
1597
1598 gcc_assert (r >= 0);
1599
1600 spill_add_cost[r] += freq;
1601
1602 nregs = hard_regno_nregs[r][PSEUDO_REGNO_MODE (reg)];
1603 while (nregs-- > 0)
1604 spill_cost[r + nregs] += freq;
1605 }
1606
1607 /* Calculate the SPILL_COST and SPILL_ADD_COST arrays and determine the
1608 contents of BAD_SPILL_REGS for the insn described by CHAIN. */
1609
1610 static void
1611 order_regs_for_reload (struct insn_chain *chain)
1612 {
1613 unsigned i;
1614 HARD_REG_SET used_by_pseudos;
1615 HARD_REG_SET used_by_pseudos2;
1616 reg_set_iterator rsi;
1617
1618 COPY_HARD_REG_SET (bad_spill_regs, fixed_reg_set);
1619
1620 memset (spill_cost, 0, sizeof spill_cost);
1621 memset (spill_add_cost, 0, sizeof spill_add_cost);
1622
1623 /* Count number of uses of each hard reg by pseudo regs allocated to it
1624 and then order them by decreasing use. First exclude hard registers
1625 that are live in or across this insn. */
1626
1627 REG_SET_TO_HARD_REG_SET (used_by_pseudos, &chain->live_throughout);
1628 REG_SET_TO_HARD_REG_SET (used_by_pseudos2, &chain->dead_or_set);
1629 IOR_HARD_REG_SET (bad_spill_regs, used_by_pseudos);
1630 IOR_HARD_REG_SET (bad_spill_regs, used_by_pseudos2);
1631
1632 /* Now find out which pseudos are allocated to it, and update
1633 hard_reg_n_uses. */
1634 CLEAR_REG_SET (&pseudos_counted);
1635
1636 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_REG_SET
1637 (&chain->live_throughout, FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, i, rsi)
1638 {
1639 count_pseudo (i);
1640 }
1641 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_REG_SET
1642 (&chain->dead_or_set, FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, i, rsi)
1643 {
1644 count_pseudo (i);
1645 }
1646 CLEAR_REG_SET (&pseudos_counted);
1647 }
1648 \f
1649 /* Vector of reload-numbers showing the order in which the reloads should
1650 be processed. */
1651 static short reload_order[MAX_RELOADS];
1652
1653 /* This is used to keep track of the spill regs used in one insn. */
1654 static HARD_REG_SET used_spill_regs_local;
1655
1656 /* We decided to spill hard register SPILLED, which has a size of
1657 SPILLED_NREGS. Determine how pseudo REG, which is live during the insn,
1658 is affected. We will add it to SPILLED_PSEUDOS if necessary, and we will
1659 update SPILL_COST/SPILL_ADD_COST. */
1660
1661 static void
1662 count_spilled_pseudo (int spilled, int spilled_nregs, int reg)
1663 {
1664 int r = reg_renumber[reg];
1665 int nregs = hard_regno_nregs[r][PSEUDO_REGNO_MODE (reg)];
1666
1667 if (REGNO_REG_SET_P (&spilled_pseudos, reg)
1668 || spilled + spilled_nregs <= r || r + nregs <= spilled)
1669 return;
1670
1671 SET_REGNO_REG_SET (&spilled_pseudos, reg);
1672
1673 spill_add_cost[r] -= REG_FREQ (reg);
1674 while (nregs-- > 0)
1675 spill_cost[r + nregs] -= REG_FREQ (reg);
1676 }
1677
1678 /* Find reload register to use for reload number ORDER. */
1679
1680 static int
1681 find_reg (struct insn_chain *chain, int order)
1682 {
1683 int rnum = reload_order[order];
1684 struct reload *rl = rld + rnum;
1685 int best_cost = INT_MAX;
1686 int best_reg = -1;
1687 unsigned int i, j;
1688 int k;
1689 HARD_REG_SET not_usable;
1690 HARD_REG_SET used_by_other_reload;
1691 reg_set_iterator rsi;
1692
1693 COPY_HARD_REG_SET (not_usable, bad_spill_regs);
1694 IOR_HARD_REG_SET (not_usable, bad_spill_regs_global);
1695 IOR_COMPL_HARD_REG_SET (not_usable, reg_class_contents[rl->class]);
1696
1697 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (used_by_other_reload);
1698 for (k = 0; k < order; k++)
1699 {
1700 int other = reload_order[k];
1701
1702 if (rld[other].regno >= 0 && reloads_conflict (other, rnum))
1703 for (j = 0; j < rld[other].nregs; j++)
1704 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (used_by_other_reload, rld[other].regno + j);
1705 }
1706
1707 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
1708 {
1709 unsigned int regno = i;
1710
1711 if (! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (not_usable, regno)
1712 && ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (used_by_other_reload, regno)
1713 && HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno, rl->mode))
1714 {
1715 int this_cost = spill_cost[regno];
1716 int ok = 1;
1717 unsigned int this_nregs = hard_regno_nregs[regno][rl->mode];
1718
1719 for (j = 1; j < this_nregs; j++)
1720 {
1721 this_cost += spill_add_cost[regno + j];
1722 if ((TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (not_usable, regno + j))
1723 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (used_by_other_reload, regno + j))
1724 ok = 0;
1725 }
1726 if (! ok)
1727 continue;
1728 if (rl->in && REG_P (rl->in) && REGNO (rl->in) == regno)
1729 this_cost--;
1730 if (rl->out && REG_P (rl->out) && REGNO (rl->out) == regno)
1731 this_cost--;
1732 if (this_cost < best_cost
1733 /* Among registers with equal cost, prefer caller-saved ones, or
1734 use REG_ALLOC_ORDER if it is defined. */
1735 || (this_cost == best_cost
1736 #ifdef REG_ALLOC_ORDER
1737 && (inv_reg_alloc_order[regno]
1738 < inv_reg_alloc_order[best_reg])
1739 #else
1740 && call_used_regs[regno]
1741 && ! call_used_regs[best_reg]
1742 #endif
1743 ))
1744 {
1745 best_reg = regno;
1746 best_cost = this_cost;
1747 }
1748 }
1749 }
1750 if (best_reg == -1)
1751 return 0;
1752
1753 if (dump_file)
1754 fprintf (dump_file, "Using reg %d for reload %d\n", best_reg, rnum);
1755
1756 rl->nregs = hard_regno_nregs[best_reg][rl->mode];
1757 rl->regno = best_reg;
1758
1759 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_REG_SET
1760 (&chain->live_throughout, FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, j, rsi)
1761 {
1762 count_spilled_pseudo (best_reg, rl->nregs, j);
1763 }
1764
1765 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_REG_SET
1766 (&chain->dead_or_set, FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, j, rsi)
1767 {
1768 count_spilled_pseudo (best_reg, rl->nregs, j);
1769 }
1770
1771 for (i = 0; i < rl->nregs; i++)
1772 {
1773 gcc_assert (spill_cost[best_reg + i] == 0);
1774 gcc_assert (spill_add_cost[best_reg + i] == 0);
1775 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (used_spill_regs_local, best_reg + i);
1776 }
1777 return 1;
1778 }
1779
1780 /* Find more reload regs to satisfy the remaining need of an insn, which
1781 is given by CHAIN.
1782 Do it by ascending class number, since otherwise a reg
1783 might be spilled for a big class and might fail to count
1784 for a smaller class even though it belongs to that class. */
1785
1786 static void
1787 find_reload_regs (struct insn_chain *chain)
1788 {
1789 int i;
1790
1791 /* In order to be certain of getting the registers we need,
1792 we must sort the reloads into order of increasing register class.
1793 Then our grabbing of reload registers will parallel the process
1794 that provided the reload registers. */
1795 for (i = 0; i < chain->n_reloads; i++)
1796 {
1797 /* Show whether this reload already has a hard reg. */
1798 if (chain->rld[i].reg_rtx)
1799 {
1800 int regno = REGNO (chain->rld[i].reg_rtx);
1801 chain->rld[i].regno = regno;
1802 chain->rld[i].nregs
1803 = hard_regno_nregs[regno][GET_MODE (chain->rld[i].reg_rtx)];
1804 }
1805 else
1806 chain->rld[i].regno = -1;
1807 reload_order[i] = i;
1808 }
1809
1810 n_reloads = chain->n_reloads;
1811 memcpy (rld, chain->rld, n_reloads * sizeof (struct reload));
1812
1813 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (used_spill_regs_local);
1814
1815 if (dump_file)
1816 fprintf (dump_file, "Spilling for insn %d.\n", INSN_UID (chain->insn));
1817
1818 qsort (reload_order, n_reloads, sizeof (short), reload_reg_class_lower);
1819
1820 /* Compute the order of preference for hard registers to spill. */
1821
1822 order_regs_for_reload (chain);
1823
1824 for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++)
1825 {
1826 int r = reload_order[i];
1827
1828 /* Ignore reloads that got marked inoperative. */
1829 if ((rld[r].out != 0 || rld[r].in != 0 || rld[r].secondary_p)
1830 && ! rld[r].optional
1831 && rld[r].regno == -1)
1832 if (! find_reg (chain, i))
1833 {
1834 spill_failure (chain->insn, rld[r].class);
1835 failure = 1;
1836 return;
1837 }
1838 }
1839
1840 COPY_HARD_REG_SET (chain->used_spill_regs, used_spill_regs_local);
1841 IOR_HARD_REG_SET (used_spill_regs, used_spill_regs_local);
1842
1843 memcpy (chain->rld, rld, n_reloads * sizeof (struct reload));
1844 }
1845
1846 static void
1847 select_reload_regs (void)
1848 {
1849 struct insn_chain *chain;
1850
1851 /* Try to satisfy the needs for each insn. */
1852 for (chain = insns_need_reload; chain != 0;
1853 chain = chain->next_need_reload)
1854 find_reload_regs (chain);
1855 }
1856 \f
1857 /* Delete all insns that were inserted by emit_caller_save_insns during
1858 this iteration. */
1859 static void
1860 delete_caller_save_insns (void)
1861 {
1862 struct insn_chain *c = reload_insn_chain;
1863
1864 while (c != 0)
1865 {
1866 while (c != 0 && c->is_caller_save_insn)
1867 {
1868 struct insn_chain *next = c->next;
1869 rtx insn = c->insn;
1870
1871 if (c == reload_insn_chain)
1872 reload_insn_chain = next;
1873 delete_insn (insn);
1874
1875 if (next)
1876 next->prev = c->prev;
1877 if (c->prev)
1878 c->prev->next = next;
1879 c->next = unused_insn_chains;
1880 unused_insn_chains = c;
1881 c = next;
1882 }
1883 if (c != 0)
1884 c = c->next;
1885 }
1886 }
1887 \f
1888 /* Handle the failure to find a register to spill.
1889 INSN should be one of the insns which needed this particular spill reg. */
1890
1891 static void
1892 spill_failure (rtx insn, enum reg_class class)
1893 {
1894 if (asm_noperands (PATTERN (insn)) >= 0)
1895 error_for_asm (insn, "can't find a register in class %qs while "
1896 "reloading %<asm%>",
1897 reg_class_names[class]);
1898 else
1899 {
1900 error ("unable to find a register to spill in class %qs",
1901 reg_class_names[class]);
1902 fatal_insn ("this is the insn:", insn);
1903 }
1904 }
1905 \f
1906 /* Delete an unneeded INSN and any previous insns who sole purpose is loading
1907 data that is dead in INSN. */
1908
1909 static void
1910 delete_dead_insn (rtx insn)
1911 {
1912 rtx prev = prev_real_insn (insn);
1913 rtx prev_dest;
1914
1915 /* If the previous insn sets a register that dies in our insn, delete it
1916 too. */
1917 if (prev && GET_CODE (PATTERN (prev)) == SET
1918 && (prev_dest = SET_DEST (PATTERN (prev)), REG_P (prev_dest))
1919 && reg_mentioned_p (prev_dest, PATTERN (insn))
1920 && find_regno_note (insn, REG_DEAD, REGNO (prev_dest))
1921 && ! side_effects_p (SET_SRC (PATTERN (prev))))
1922 delete_dead_insn (prev);
1923
1924 SET_INSN_DELETED (insn);
1925 }
1926
1927 /* Modify the home of pseudo-reg I.
1928 The new home is present in reg_renumber[I].
1929
1930 FROM_REG may be the hard reg that the pseudo-reg is being spilled from;
1931 or it may be -1, meaning there is none or it is not relevant.
1932 This is used so that all pseudos spilled from a given hard reg
1933 can share one stack slot. */
1934
1935 static void
1936 alter_reg (int i, int from_reg)
1937 {
1938 /* When outputting an inline function, this can happen
1939 for a reg that isn't actually used. */
1940 if (regno_reg_rtx[i] == 0)
1941 return;
1942
1943 /* If the reg got changed to a MEM at rtl-generation time,
1944 ignore it. */
1945 if (!REG_P (regno_reg_rtx[i]))
1946 return;
1947
1948 /* Modify the reg-rtx to contain the new hard reg
1949 number or else to contain its pseudo reg number. */
1950 REGNO (regno_reg_rtx[i])
1951 = reg_renumber[i] >= 0 ? reg_renumber[i] : i;
1952
1953 /* If we have a pseudo that is needed but has no hard reg or equivalent,
1954 allocate a stack slot for it. */
1955
1956 if (reg_renumber[i] < 0
1957 && REG_N_REFS (i) > 0
1958 && reg_equiv_constant[i] == 0
1959 && reg_equiv_memory_loc[i] == 0)
1960 {
1961 rtx x;
1962 unsigned int inherent_size = PSEUDO_REGNO_BYTES (i);
1963 unsigned int total_size = MAX (inherent_size, reg_max_ref_width[i]);
1964 int adjust = 0;
1965
1966 /* Each pseudo reg has an inherent size which comes from its own mode,
1967 and a total size which provides room for paradoxical subregs
1968 which refer to the pseudo reg in wider modes.
1969
1970 We can use a slot already allocated if it provides both
1971 enough inherent space and enough total space.
1972 Otherwise, we allocate a new slot, making sure that it has no less
1973 inherent space, and no less total space, then the previous slot. */
1974 if (from_reg == -1)
1975 {
1976 /* No known place to spill from => no slot to reuse. */
1977 x = assign_stack_local (GET_MODE (regno_reg_rtx[i]), total_size,
1978 inherent_size == total_size ? 0 : -1);
1979 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
1980 /* Cancel the big-endian correction done in assign_stack_local.
1981 Get the address of the beginning of the slot.
1982 This is so we can do a big-endian correction unconditionally
1983 below. */
1984 adjust = inherent_size - total_size;
1985
1986 /* Nothing can alias this slot except this pseudo. */
1987 set_mem_alias_set (x, new_alias_set ());
1988 }
1989
1990 /* Reuse a stack slot if possible. */
1991 else if (spill_stack_slot[from_reg] != 0
1992 && spill_stack_slot_width[from_reg] >= total_size
1993 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (spill_stack_slot[from_reg]))
1994 >= inherent_size))
1995 x = spill_stack_slot[from_reg];
1996
1997 /* Allocate a bigger slot. */
1998 else
1999 {
2000 /* Compute maximum size needed, both for inherent size
2001 and for total size. */
2002 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (regno_reg_rtx[i]);
2003 rtx stack_slot;
2004
2005 if (spill_stack_slot[from_reg])
2006 {
2007 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (spill_stack_slot[from_reg]))
2008 > inherent_size)
2009 mode = GET_MODE (spill_stack_slot[from_reg]);
2010 if (spill_stack_slot_width[from_reg] > total_size)
2011 total_size = spill_stack_slot_width[from_reg];
2012 }
2013
2014 /* Make a slot with that size. */
2015 x = assign_stack_local (mode, total_size,
2016 inherent_size == total_size ? 0 : -1);
2017 stack_slot = x;
2018
2019 /* All pseudos mapped to this slot can alias each other. */
2020 if (spill_stack_slot[from_reg])
2021 set_mem_alias_set (x, MEM_ALIAS_SET (spill_stack_slot[from_reg]));
2022 else
2023 set_mem_alias_set (x, new_alias_set ());
2024
2025 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
2026 {
2027 /* Cancel the big-endian correction done in assign_stack_local.
2028 Get the address of the beginning of the slot.
2029 This is so we can do a big-endian correction unconditionally
2030 below. */
2031 adjust = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) - total_size;
2032 if (adjust)
2033 stack_slot
2034 = adjust_address_nv (x, mode_for_size (total_size
2035 * BITS_PER_UNIT,
2036 MODE_INT, 1),
2037 adjust);
2038 }
2039
2040 spill_stack_slot[from_reg] = stack_slot;
2041 spill_stack_slot_width[from_reg] = total_size;
2042 }
2043
2044 /* On a big endian machine, the "address" of the slot
2045 is the address of the low part that fits its inherent mode. */
2046 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN && inherent_size < total_size)
2047 adjust += (total_size - inherent_size);
2048
2049 /* If we have any adjustment to make, or if the stack slot is the
2050 wrong mode, make a new stack slot. */
2051 x = adjust_address_nv (x, GET_MODE (regno_reg_rtx[i]), adjust);
2052
2053 /* If we have a decl for the original register, set it for the
2054 memory. If this is a shared MEM, make a copy. */
2055 if (REG_EXPR (regno_reg_rtx[i])
2056 && DECL_P (REG_EXPR (regno_reg_rtx[i])))
2057 {
2058 rtx decl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (REG_EXPR (regno_reg_rtx[i]));
2059
2060 /* We can do this only for the DECLs home pseudo, not for
2061 any copies of it, since otherwise when the stack slot
2062 is reused, nonoverlapping_memrefs_p might think they
2063 cannot overlap. */
2064 if (decl && REG_P (decl) && REGNO (decl) == (unsigned) i)
2065 {
2066 if (from_reg != -1 && spill_stack_slot[from_reg] == x)
2067 x = copy_rtx (x);
2068
2069 set_mem_attrs_from_reg (x, regno_reg_rtx[i]);
2070 }
2071 }
2072
2073 /* Save the stack slot for later. */
2074 reg_equiv_memory_loc[i] = x;
2075 }
2076 }
2077
2078 /* Mark the slots in regs_ever_live for the hard regs
2079 used by pseudo-reg number REGNO. */
2080
2081 void
2082 mark_home_live (int regno)
2083 {
2084 int i, lim;
2085
2086 i = reg_renumber[regno];
2087 if (i < 0)
2088 return;
2089 lim = i + hard_regno_nregs[i][PSEUDO_REGNO_MODE (regno)];
2090 while (i < lim)
2091 regs_ever_live[i++] = 1;
2092 }
2093 \f
2094 /* This function handles the tracking of elimination offsets around branches.
2095
2096 X is a piece of RTL being scanned.
2097
2098 INSN is the insn that it came from, if any.
2099
2100 INITIAL_P is nonzero if we are to set the offset to be the initial
2101 offset and zero if we are setting the offset of the label to be the
2102 current offset. */
2103
2104 static void
2105 set_label_offsets (rtx x, rtx insn, int initial_p)
2106 {
2107 enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
2108 rtx tem;
2109 unsigned int i;
2110 struct elim_table *p;
2111
2112 switch (code)
2113 {
2114 case LABEL_REF:
2115 if (LABEL_REF_NONLOCAL_P (x))
2116 return;
2117
2118 x = XEXP (x, 0);
2119
2120 /* ... fall through ... */
2121
2122 case CODE_LABEL:
2123 /* If we know nothing about this label, set the desired offsets. Note
2124 that this sets the offset at a label to be the offset before a label
2125 if we don't know anything about the label. This is not correct for
2126 the label after a BARRIER, but is the best guess we can make. If
2127 we guessed wrong, we will suppress an elimination that might have
2128 been possible had we been able to guess correctly. */
2129
2130 if (! offsets_known_at[CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (x) - first_label_num])
2131 {
2132 for (i = 0; i < NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS; i++)
2133 offsets_at[CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (x) - first_label_num][i]
2134 = (initial_p ? reg_eliminate[i].initial_offset
2135 : reg_eliminate[i].offset);
2136 offsets_known_at[CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (x) - first_label_num] = 1;
2137 }
2138
2139 /* Otherwise, if this is the definition of a label and it is
2140 preceded by a BARRIER, set our offsets to the known offset of
2141 that label. */
2142
2143 else if (x == insn
2144 && (tem = prev_nonnote_insn (insn)) != 0
2145 && BARRIER_P (tem))
2146 set_offsets_for_label (insn);
2147 else
2148 /* If neither of the above cases is true, compare each offset
2149 with those previously recorded and suppress any eliminations
2150 where the offsets disagree. */
2151
2152 for (i = 0; i < NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS; i++)
2153 if (offsets_at[CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (x) - first_label_num][i]
2154 != (initial_p ? reg_eliminate[i].initial_offset
2155 : reg_eliminate[i].offset))
2156 reg_eliminate[i].can_eliminate = 0;
2157
2158 return;
2159
2160 case JUMP_INSN:
2161 set_label_offsets (PATTERN (insn), insn, initial_p);
2162
2163 /* ... fall through ... */
2164
2165 case INSN:
2166 case CALL_INSN:
2167 /* Any labels mentioned in REG_LABEL notes can be branched to indirectly
2168 and hence must have all eliminations at their initial offsets. */
2169 for (tem = REG_NOTES (x); tem; tem = XEXP (tem, 1))
2170 if (REG_NOTE_KIND (tem) == REG_LABEL)
2171 set_label_offsets (XEXP (tem, 0), insn, 1);
2172 return;
2173
2174 case PARALLEL:
2175 case ADDR_VEC:
2176 case ADDR_DIFF_VEC:
2177 /* Each of the labels in the parallel or address vector must be
2178 at their initial offsets. We want the first field for PARALLEL
2179 and ADDR_VEC and the second field for ADDR_DIFF_VEC. */
2180
2181 for (i = 0; i < (unsigned) XVECLEN (x, code == ADDR_DIFF_VEC); i++)
2182 set_label_offsets (XVECEXP (x, code == ADDR_DIFF_VEC, i),
2183 insn, initial_p);
2184 return;
2185
2186 case SET:
2187 /* We only care about setting PC. If the source is not RETURN,
2188 IF_THEN_ELSE, or a label, disable any eliminations not at
2189 their initial offsets. Similarly if any arm of the IF_THEN_ELSE
2190 isn't one of those possibilities. For branches to a label,
2191 call ourselves recursively.
2192
2193 Note that this can disable elimination unnecessarily when we have
2194 a non-local goto since it will look like a non-constant jump to
2195 someplace in the current function. This isn't a significant
2196 problem since such jumps will normally be when all elimination
2197 pairs are back to their initial offsets. */
2198
2199 if (SET_DEST (x) != pc_rtx)
2200 return;
2201
2202 switch (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (x)))
2203 {
2204 case PC:
2205 case RETURN:
2206 return;
2207
2208 case LABEL_REF:
2209 set_label_offsets (SET_SRC (x), insn, initial_p);
2210 return;
2211
2212 case IF_THEN_ELSE:
2213 tem = XEXP (SET_SRC (x), 1);
2214 if (GET_CODE (tem) == LABEL_REF)
2215 set_label_offsets (XEXP (tem, 0), insn, initial_p);
2216 else if (GET_CODE (tem) != PC && GET_CODE (tem) != RETURN)
2217 break;
2218
2219 tem = XEXP (SET_SRC (x), 2);
2220 if (GET_CODE (tem) == LABEL_REF)
2221 set_label_offsets (XEXP (tem, 0), insn, initial_p);
2222 else if (GET_CODE (tem) != PC && GET_CODE (tem) != RETURN)
2223 break;
2224 return;
2225
2226 default:
2227 break;
2228 }
2229
2230 /* If we reach here, all eliminations must be at their initial
2231 offset because we are doing a jump to a variable address. */
2232 for (p = reg_eliminate; p < &reg_eliminate[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS]; p++)
2233 if (p->offset != p->initial_offset)
2234 p->can_eliminate = 0;
2235 break;
2236
2237 default:
2238 break;
2239 }
2240 }
2241 \f
2242 /* Scan X and replace any eliminable registers (such as fp) with a
2243 replacement (such as sp), plus an offset.
2244
2245 MEM_MODE is the mode of an enclosing MEM. We need this to know how
2246 much to adjust a register for, e.g., PRE_DEC. Also, if we are inside a
2247 MEM, we are allowed to replace a sum of a register and the constant zero
2248 with the register, which we cannot do outside a MEM. In addition, we need
2249 to record the fact that a register is referenced outside a MEM.
2250
2251 If INSN is an insn, it is the insn containing X. If we replace a REG
2252 in a SET_DEST with an equivalent MEM and INSN is nonzero, write a
2253 CLOBBER of the pseudo after INSN so find_equiv_regs will know that
2254 the REG is being modified.
2255
2256 Alternatively, INSN may be a note (an EXPR_LIST or INSN_LIST).
2257 That's used when we eliminate in expressions stored in notes.
2258 This means, do not set ref_outside_mem even if the reference
2259 is outside of MEMs.
2260
2261 REG_EQUIV_MEM and REG_EQUIV_ADDRESS contain address that have had
2262 replacements done assuming all offsets are at their initial values. If
2263 they are not, or if REG_EQUIV_ADDRESS is nonzero for a pseudo we
2264 encounter, return the actual location so that find_reloads will do
2265 the proper thing. */
2266
2267 rtx
2268 eliminate_regs (rtx x, enum machine_mode mem_mode, rtx insn)
2269 {
2270 enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
2271 struct elim_table *ep;
2272 int regno;
2273 rtx new;
2274 int i, j;
2275 const char *fmt;
2276 int copied = 0;
2277
2278 if (! current_function_decl)
2279 return x;
2280
2281 switch (code)
2282 {
2283 case CONST_INT:
2284 case CONST_DOUBLE:
2285 case CONST_VECTOR:
2286 case CONST:
2287 case SYMBOL_REF:
2288 case CODE_LABEL:
2289 case PC:
2290 case CC0:
2291 case ASM_INPUT:
2292 case ADDR_VEC:
2293 case ADDR_DIFF_VEC:
2294 case RETURN:
2295 return x;
2296
2297 case REG:
2298 regno = REGNO (x);
2299
2300 /* First handle the case where we encounter a bare register that
2301 is eliminable. Replace it with a PLUS. */
2302 if (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
2303 {
2304 for (ep = reg_eliminate; ep < &reg_eliminate[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS];
2305 ep++)
2306 if (ep->from_rtx == x && ep->can_eliminate)
2307 return plus_constant (ep->to_rtx, ep->previous_offset);
2308
2309 }
2310 else if (reg_renumber && reg_renumber[regno] < 0
2311 && reg_equiv_constant && reg_equiv_constant[regno]
2312 && ! CONSTANT_P (reg_equiv_constant[regno]))
2313 return eliminate_regs (copy_rtx (reg_equiv_constant[regno]),
2314 mem_mode, insn);
2315 return x;
2316
2317 /* You might think handling MINUS in a manner similar to PLUS is a
2318 good idea. It is not. It has been tried multiple times and every
2319 time the change has had to have been reverted.
2320
2321 Other parts of reload know a PLUS is special (gen_reload for example)
2322 and require special code to handle code a reloaded PLUS operand.
2323
2324 Also consider backends where the flags register is clobbered by a
2325 MINUS, but we can emit a PLUS that does not clobber flags (IA-32,
2326 lea instruction comes to mind). If we try to reload a MINUS, we
2327 may kill the flags register that was holding a useful value.
2328
2329 So, please before trying to handle MINUS, consider reload as a
2330 whole instead of this little section as well as the backend issues. */
2331 case PLUS:
2332 /* If this is the sum of an eliminable register and a constant, rework
2333 the sum. */
2334 if (REG_P (XEXP (x, 0))
2335 && REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
2336 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (x, 1)))
2337 {
2338 for (ep = reg_eliminate; ep < &reg_eliminate[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS];
2339 ep++)
2340 if (ep->from_rtx == XEXP (x, 0) && ep->can_eliminate)
2341 {
2342 /* The only time we want to replace a PLUS with a REG (this
2343 occurs when the constant operand of the PLUS is the negative
2344 of the offset) is when we are inside a MEM. We won't want
2345 to do so at other times because that would change the
2346 structure of the insn in a way that reload can't handle.
2347 We special-case the commonest situation in
2348 eliminate_regs_in_insn, so just replace a PLUS with a
2349 PLUS here, unless inside a MEM. */
2350 if (mem_mode != 0 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT
2351 && INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) == - ep->previous_offset)
2352 return ep->to_rtx;
2353 else
2354 return gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, ep->to_rtx,
2355 plus_constant (XEXP (x, 1),
2356 ep->previous_offset));
2357 }
2358
2359 /* If the register is not eliminable, we are done since the other
2360 operand is a constant. */
2361 return x;
2362 }
2363
2364 /* If this is part of an address, we want to bring any constant to the
2365 outermost PLUS. We will do this by doing register replacement in
2366 our operands and seeing if a constant shows up in one of them.
2367
2368 Note that there is no risk of modifying the structure of the insn,
2369 since we only get called for its operands, thus we are either
2370 modifying the address inside a MEM, or something like an address
2371 operand of a load-address insn. */
2372
2373 {
2374 rtx new0 = eliminate_regs (XEXP (x, 0), mem_mode, insn);
2375 rtx new1 = eliminate_regs (XEXP (x, 1), mem_mode, insn);
2376
2377 if (reg_renumber && (new0 != XEXP (x, 0) || new1 != XEXP (x, 1)))
2378 {
2379 /* If one side is a PLUS and the other side is a pseudo that
2380 didn't get a hard register but has a reg_equiv_constant,
2381 we must replace the constant here since it may no longer
2382 be in the position of any operand. */
2383 if (GET_CODE (new0) == PLUS && REG_P (new1)
2384 && REGNO (new1) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
2385 && reg_renumber[REGNO (new1)] < 0
2386 && reg_equiv_constant != 0
2387 && reg_equiv_constant[REGNO (new1)] != 0)
2388 new1 = reg_equiv_constant[REGNO (new1)];
2389 else if (GET_CODE (new1) == PLUS && REG_P (new0)
2390 && REGNO (new0) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
2391 && reg_renumber[REGNO (new0)] < 0
2392 && reg_equiv_constant[REGNO (new0)] != 0)
2393 new0 = reg_equiv_constant[REGNO (new0)];
2394
2395 new = form_sum (new0, new1);
2396
2397 /* As above, if we are not inside a MEM we do not want to
2398 turn a PLUS into something else. We might try to do so here
2399 for an addition of 0 if we aren't optimizing. */
2400 if (! mem_mode && GET_CODE (new) != PLUS)
2401 return gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (x), new, const0_rtx);
2402 else
2403 return new;
2404 }
2405 }
2406 return x;
2407
2408 case MULT:
2409 /* If this is the product of an eliminable register and a
2410 constant, apply the distribute law and move the constant out
2411 so that we have (plus (mult ..) ..). This is needed in order
2412 to keep load-address insns valid. This case is pathological.
2413 We ignore the possibility of overflow here. */
2414 if (REG_P (XEXP (x, 0))
2415 && REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
2416 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT)
2417 for (ep = reg_eliminate; ep < &reg_eliminate[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS];
2418 ep++)
2419 if (ep->from_rtx == XEXP (x, 0) && ep->can_eliminate)
2420 {
2421 if (! mem_mode
2422 /* Refs inside notes don't count for this purpose. */
2423 && ! (insn != 0 && (GET_CODE (insn) == EXPR_LIST
2424 || GET_CODE (insn) == INSN_LIST)))
2425 ep->ref_outside_mem = 1;
2426
2427 return
2428 plus_constant (gen_rtx_MULT (Pmode, ep->to_rtx, XEXP (x, 1)),
2429 ep->previous_offset * INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)));
2430 }
2431
2432 /* ... fall through ... */
2433
2434 case CALL:
2435 case COMPARE:
2436 /* See comments before PLUS about handling MINUS. */
2437 case MINUS:
2438 case DIV: case UDIV:
2439 case MOD: case UMOD:
2440 case AND: case IOR: case XOR:
2441 case ROTATERT: case ROTATE:
2442 case ASHIFTRT: case LSHIFTRT: case ASHIFT:
2443 case NE: case EQ:
2444 case GE: case GT: case GEU: case GTU:
2445 case LE: case LT: case LEU: case LTU:
2446 {
2447 rtx new0 = eliminate_regs (XEXP (x, 0), mem_mode, insn);
2448 rtx new1
2449 = XEXP (x, 1) ? eliminate_regs (XEXP (x, 1), mem_mode, insn) : 0;
2450
2451 if (new0 != XEXP (x, 0) || new1 != XEXP (x, 1))
2452 return gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code, GET_MODE (x), new0, new1);
2453 }
2454 return x;
2455
2456 case EXPR_LIST:
2457 /* If we have something in XEXP (x, 0), the usual case, eliminate it. */
2458 if (XEXP (x, 0))
2459 {
2460 new = eliminate_regs (XEXP (x, 0), mem_mode, insn);
2461 if (new != XEXP (x, 0))
2462 {
2463 /* If this is a REG_DEAD note, it is not valid anymore.
2464 Using the eliminated version could result in creating a
2465 REG_DEAD note for the stack or frame pointer. */
2466 if (GET_MODE (x) == REG_DEAD)
2467 return (XEXP (x, 1)
2468 ? eliminate_regs (XEXP (x, 1), mem_mode, insn)
2469 : NULL_RTX);
2470
2471 x = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_NOTE_KIND (x), new, XEXP (x, 1));
2472 }
2473 }
2474
2475 /* ... fall through ... */
2476
2477 case INSN_LIST:
2478 /* Now do eliminations in the rest of the chain. If this was
2479 an EXPR_LIST, this might result in allocating more memory than is
2480 strictly needed, but it simplifies the code. */
2481 if (XEXP (x, 1))
2482 {
2483 new = eliminate_regs (XEXP (x, 1), mem_mode, insn);
2484 if (new != XEXP (x, 1))
2485 return
2486 gen_rtx_fmt_ee (GET_CODE (x), GET_MODE (x), XEXP (x, 0), new);
2487 }
2488 return x;
2489
2490 case PRE_INC:
2491 case POST_INC:
2492 case PRE_DEC:
2493 case POST_DEC:
2494 case STRICT_LOW_PART:
2495 case NEG: case NOT:
2496 case SIGN_EXTEND: case ZERO_EXTEND:
2497 case TRUNCATE: case FLOAT_EXTEND: case FLOAT_TRUNCATE:
2498 case FLOAT: case FIX:
2499 case UNSIGNED_FIX: case UNSIGNED_FLOAT:
2500 case ABS:
2501 case SQRT:
2502 case FFS:
2503 case CLZ:
2504 case CTZ:
2505 case POPCOUNT:
2506 case PARITY:
2507 new = eliminate_regs (XEXP (x, 0), mem_mode, insn);
2508 if (new != XEXP (x, 0))
2509 return gen_rtx_fmt_e (code, GET_MODE (x), new);
2510 return x;
2511
2512 case SUBREG:
2513 /* Similar to above processing, but preserve SUBREG_BYTE.
2514 Convert (subreg (mem)) to (mem) if not paradoxical.
2515 Also, if we have a non-paradoxical (subreg (pseudo)) and the
2516 pseudo didn't get a hard reg, we must replace this with the
2517 eliminated version of the memory location because push_reload
2518 may do the replacement in certain circumstances. */
2519 if (REG_P (SUBREG_REG (x))
2520 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x))
2521 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x))))
2522 && reg_equiv_memory_loc != 0
2523 && reg_equiv_memory_loc[REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x))] != 0)
2524 {
2525 new = SUBREG_REG (x);
2526 }
2527 else
2528 new = eliminate_regs (SUBREG_REG (x), mem_mode, insn);
2529
2530 if (new != SUBREG_REG (x))
2531 {
2532 int x_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x));
2533 int new_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (new));
2534
2535 if (MEM_P (new)
2536 && ((x_size < new_size
2537 #ifdef WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS
2538 /* On these machines, combine can create rtl of the form
2539 (set (subreg:m1 (reg:m2 R) 0) ...)
2540 where m1 < m2, and expects something interesting to
2541 happen to the entire word. Moreover, it will use the
2542 (reg:m2 R) later, expecting all bits to be preserved.
2543 So if the number of words is the same, preserve the
2544 subreg so that push_reload can see it. */
2545 && ! ((x_size - 1) / UNITS_PER_WORD
2546 == (new_size -1 ) / UNITS_PER_WORD)
2547 #endif
2548 )
2549 || x_size == new_size)
2550 )
2551 return adjust_address_nv (new, GET_MODE (x), SUBREG_BYTE (x));
2552 else
2553 return gen_rtx_SUBREG (GET_MODE (x), new, SUBREG_BYTE (x));
2554 }
2555
2556 return x;
2557
2558 case MEM:
2559 /* Our only special processing is to pass the mode of the MEM to our
2560 recursive call and copy the flags. While we are here, handle this
2561 case more efficiently. */
2562 return
2563 replace_equiv_address_nv (x,
2564 eliminate_regs (XEXP (x, 0),
2565 GET_MODE (x), insn));
2566
2567 case USE:
2568 /* Handle insn_list USE that a call to a pure function may generate. */
2569 new = eliminate_regs (XEXP (x, 0), 0, insn);
2570 if (new != XEXP (x, 0))
2571 return gen_rtx_USE (GET_MODE (x), new);
2572 return x;
2573
2574 case CLOBBER:
2575 case ASM_OPERANDS:
2576 case SET:
2577 gcc_unreachable ();
2578
2579 default:
2580 break;
2581 }
2582
2583 /* Process each of our operands recursively. If any have changed, make a
2584 copy of the rtx. */
2585 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
2586 for (i = 0; i < GET_RTX_LENGTH (code); i++, fmt++)
2587 {
2588 if (*fmt == 'e')
2589 {
2590 new = eliminate_regs (XEXP (x, i), mem_mode, insn);
2591 if (new != XEXP (x, i) && ! copied)
2592 {
2593 rtx new_x = rtx_alloc (code);
2594 memcpy (new_x, x, RTX_SIZE (code));
2595 x = new_x;
2596 copied = 1;
2597 }
2598 XEXP (x, i) = new;
2599 }
2600 else if (*fmt == 'E')
2601 {
2602 int copied_vec = 0;
2603 for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
2604 {
2605 new = eliminate_regs (XVECEXP (x, i, j), mem_mode, insn);
2606 if (new != XVECEXP (x, i, j) && ! copied_vec)
2607 {
2608 rtvec new_v = gen_rtvec_v (XVECLEN (x, i),
2609 XVEC (x, i)->elem);
2610 if (! copied)
2611 {
2612 rtx new_x = rtx_alloc (code);
2613 memcpy (new_x, x, RTX_SIZE (code));
2614 x = new_x;
2615 copied = 1;
2616 }
2617 XVEC (x, i) = new_v;
2618 copied_vec = 1;
2619 }
2620 XVECEXP (x, i, j) = new;
2621 }
2622 }
2623 }
2624
2625 return x;
2626 }
2627
2628 /* Scan rtx X for modifications of elimination target registers. Update
2629 the table of eliminables to reflect the changed state. MEM_MODE is
2630 the mode of an enclosing MEM rtx, or VOIDmode if not within a MEM. */
2631
2632 static void
2633 elimination_effects (rtx x, enum machine_mode mem_mode)
2634 {
2635 enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
2636 struct elim_table *ep;
2637 int regno;
2638 int i, j;
2639 const char *fmt;
2640
2641 switch (code)
2642 {
2643 case CONST_INT:
2644 case CONST_DOUBLE:
2645 case CONST_VECTOR:
2646 case CONST:
2647 case SYMBOL_REF:
2648 case CODE_LABEL:
2649 case PC:
2650 case CC0:
2651 case ASM_INPUT:
2652 case ADDR_VEC:
2653 case ADDR_DIFF_VEC:
2654 case RETURN:
2655 return;
2656
2657 case REG:
2658 regno = REGNO (x);
2659
2660 /* First handle the case where we encounter a bare register that
2661 is eliminable. Replace it with a PLUS. */
2662 if (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
2663 {
2664 for (ep = reg_eliminate; ep < &reg_eliminate[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS];
2665 ep++)
2666 if (ep->from_rtx == x && ep->can_eliminate)
2667 {
2668 if (! mem_mode)
2669 ep->ref_outside_mem = 1;
2670 return;
2671 }
2672
2673 }
2674 else if (reg_renumber[regno] < 0 && reg_equiv_constant
2675 && reg_equiv_constant[regno]
2676 && ! function_invariant_p (reg_equiv_constant[regno]))
2677 elimination_effects (reg_equiv_constant[regno], mem_mode);
2678 return;
2679
2680 case PRE_INC:
2681 case POST_INC:
2682 case PRE_DEC:
2683 case POST_DEC:
2684 case POST_MODIFY:
2685 case PRE_MODIFY:
2686 for (ep = reg_eliminate; ep < &reg_eliminate[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS]; ep++)
2687 if (ep->to_rtx == XEXP (x, 0))
2688 {
2689 int size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mem_mode);
2690
2691 /* If more bytes than MEM_MODE are pushed, account for them. */
2692 #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING
2693 if (ep->to_rtx == stack_pointer_rtx)
2694 size = PUSH_ROUNDING (size);
2695 #endif
2696 if (code == PRE_DEC || code == POST_DEC)
2697 ep->offset += size;
2698 else if (code == PRE_INC || code == POST_INC)
2699 ep->offset -= size;
2700 else if ((code == PRE_MODIFY || code == POST_MODIFY)
2701 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == PLUS
2702 && XEXP (x, 0) == XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 0)
2703 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 1)))
2704 ep->offset -= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 1));
2705 }
2706
2707 /* These two aren't unary operators. */
2708 if (code == POST_MODIFY || code == PRE_MODIFY)
2709 break;
2710
2711 /* Fall through to generic unary operation case. */
2712 case STRICT_LOW_PART:
2713 case NEG: case NOT:
2714 case SIGN_EXTEND: case ZERO_EXTEND:
2715 case TRUNCATE: case FLOAT_EXTEND: case FLOAT_TRUNCATE:
2716 case FLOAT: case FIX:
2717 case UNSIGNED_FIX: case UNSIGNED_FLOAT:
2718 case ABS:
2719 case SQRT:
2720 case FFS:
2721 case CLZ:
2722 case CTZ:
2723 case POPCOUNT:
2724 case PARITY:
2725 elimination_effects (XEXP (x, 0), mem_mode);
2726 return;
2727
2728 case SUBREG:
2729 if (REG_P (SUBREG_REG (x))
2730 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x))
2731 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x))))
2732 && reg_equiv_memory_loc != 0
2733 && reg_equiv_memory_loc[REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x))] != 0)
2734 return;
2735
2736 elimination_effects (SUBREG_REG (x), mem_mode);
2737 return;
2738
2739 case USE:
2740 /* If using a register that is the source of an eliminate we still
2741 think can be performed, note it cannot be performed since we don't
2742 know how this register is used. */
2743 for (ep = reg_eliminate; ep < &reg_eliminate[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS]; ep++)
2744 if (ep->from_rtx == XEXP (x, 0))
2745 ep->can_eliminate = 0;
2746
2747 elimination_effects (XEXP (x, 0), mem_mode);
2748 return;
2749
2750 case CLOBBER:
2751 /* If clobbering a register that is the replacement register for an
2752 elimination we still think can be performed, note that it cannot
2753 be performed. Otherwise, we need not be concerned about it. */
2754 for (ep = reg_eliminate; ep < &reg_eliminate[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS]; ep++)
2755 if (ep->to_rtx == XEXP (x, 0))
2756 ep->can_eliminate = 0;
2757
2758 elimination_effects (XEXP (x, 0), mem_mode);
2759 return;
2760
2761 case SET:
2762 /* Check for setting a register that we know about. */
2763 if (REG_P (SET_DEST (x)))
2764 {
2765 /* See if this is setting the replacement register for an
2766 elimination.
2767
2768 If DEST is the hard frame pointer, we do nothing because we
2769 assume that all assignments to the frame pointer are for
2770 non-local gotos and are being done at a time when they are valid
2771 and do not disturb anything else. Some machines want to
2772 eliminate a fake argument pointer (or even a fake frame pointer)
2773 with either the real frame or the stack pointer. Assignments to
2774 the hard frame pointer must not prevent this elimination. */
2775
2776 for (ep = reg_eliminate; ep < &reg_eliminate[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS];
2777 ep++)
2778 if (ep->to_rtx == SET_DEST (x)
2779 && SET_DEST (x) != hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2780 {
2781 /* If it is being incremented, adjust the offset. Otherwise,
2782 this elimination can't be done. */
2783 rtx src = SET_SRC (x);
2784
2785 if (GET_CODE (src) == PLUS
2786 && XEXP (src, 0) == SET_DEST (x)
2787 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
2788 ep->offset -= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2789 else
2790 ep->can_eliminate = 0;
2791 }
2792 }
2793
2794 elimination_effects (SET_DEST (x), 0);
2795 elimination_effects (SET_SRC (x), 0);
2796 return;
2797
2798 case MEM:
2799 /* Our only special processing is to pass the mode of the MEM to our
2800 recursive call. */
2801 elimination_effects (XEXP (x, 0), GET_MODE (x));
2802 return;
2803
2804 default:
2805 break;
2806 }
2807
2808 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
2809 for (i = 0; i < GET_RTX_LENGTH (code); i++, fmt++)
2810 {
2811 if (*fmt == 'e')
2812 elimination_effects (XEXP (x, i), mem_mode);
2813 else if (*fmt == 'E')
2814 for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
2815 elimination_effects (XVECEXP (x, i, j), mem_mode);
2816 }
2817 }
2818
2819 /* Descend through rtx X and verify that no references to eliminable registers
2820 remain. If any do remain, mark the involved register as not
2821 eliminable. */
2822
2823 static void
2824 check_eliminable_occurrences (rtx x)
2825 {
2826 const char *fmt;
2827 int i;
2828 enum rtx_code code;
2829
2830 if (x == 0)
2831 return;
2832
2833 code = GET_CODE (x);
2834
2835 if (code == REG && REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
2836 {
2837 struct elim_table *ep;
2838
2839 for (ep = reg_eliminate; ep < &reg_eliminate[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS]; ep++)
2840 if (ep->from_rtx == x)
2841 ep->can_eliminate = 0;
2842 return;
2843 }
2844
2845 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
2846 for (i = 0; i < GET_RTX_LENGTH (code); i++, fmt++)
2847 {
2848 if (*fmt == 'e')
2849 check_eliminable_occurrences (XEXP (x, i));
2850 else if (*fmt == 'E')
2851 {
2852 int j;
2853 for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
2854 check_eliminable_occurrences (XVECEXP (x, i, j));
2855 }
2856 }
2857 }
2858 \f
2859 /* Scan INSN and eliminate all eliminable registers in it.
2860
2861 If REPLACE is nonzero, do the replacement destructively. Also
2862 delete the insn as dead it if it is setting an eliminable register.
2863
2864 If REPLACE is zero, do all our allocations in reload_obstack.
2865
2866 If no eliminations were done and this insn doesn't require any elimination
2867 processing (these are not identical conditions: it might be updating sp,
2868 but not referencing fp; this needs to be seen during reload_as_needed so
2869 that the offset between fp and sp can be taken into consideration), zero
2870 is returned. Otherwise, 1 is returned. */
2871
2872 static int
2873 eliminate_regs_in_insn (rtx insn, int replace)
2874 {
2875 int icode = recog_memoized (insn);
2876 rtx old_body = PATTERN (insn);
2877 int insn_is_asm = asm_noperands (old_body) >= 0;
2878 rtx old_set = single_set (insn);
2879 rtx new_body;
2880 int val = 0;
2881 int i;
2882 rtx substed_operand[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
2883 rtx orig_operand[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
2884 struct elim_table *ep;
2885 rtx plus_src;
2886
2887 if (! insn_is_asm && icode < 0)
2888 {
2889 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == USE
2890 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == CLOBBER
2891 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == ADDR_VEC
2892 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == ADDR_DIFF_VEC
2893 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == ASM_INPUT);
2894 return 0;
2895 }
2896
2897 if (old_set != 0 && REG_P (SET_DEST (old_set))
2898 && REGNO (SET_DEST (old_set)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
2899 {
2900 /* Check for setting an eliminable register. */
2901 for (ep = reg_eliminate; ep < &reg_eliminate[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS]; ep++)
2902 if (ep->from_rtx == SET_DEST (old_set) && ep->can_eliminate)
2903 {
2904 #if HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2905 /* If this is setting the frame pointer register to the
2906 hardware frame pointer register and this is an elimination
2907 that will be done (tested above), this insn is really
2908 adjusting the frame pointer downward to compensate for
2909 the adjustment done before a nonlocal goto. */
2910 if (ep->from == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2911 && ep->to == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
2912 {
2913 rtx base = SET_SRC (old_set);
2914 rtx base_insn = insn;
2915 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
2916
2917 while (base != ep->to_rtx)
2918 {
2919 rtx prev_insn, prev_set;
2920
2921 if (GET_CODE (base) == PLUS
2922 && GET_CODE (XEXP (base, 1)) == CONST_INT)
2923 {
2924 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (base, 1));
2925 base = XEXP (base, 0);
2926 }
2927 else if ((prev_insn = prev_nonnote_insn (base_insn)) != 0
2928 && (prev_set = single_set (prev_insn)) != 0
2929 && rtx_equal_p (SET_DEST (prev_set), base))
2930 {
2931 base = SET_SRC (prev_set);
2932 base_insn = prev_insn;
2933 }
2934 else
2935 break;
2936 }
2937
2938 if (base == ep->to_rtx)
2939 {
2940 rtx src
2941 = plus_constant (ep->to_rtx, offset - ep->offset);
2942
2943 new_body = old_body;
2944 if (! replace)
2945 {
2946 new_body = copy_insn (old_body);
2947 if (REG_NOTES (insn))
2948 REG_NOTES (insn) = copy_insn_1 (REG_NOTES (insn));
2949 }
2950 PATTERN (insn) = new_body;
2951 old_set = single_set (insn);
2952
2953 /* First see if this insn remains valid when we
2954 make the change. If not, keep the INSN_CODE
2955 the same and let reload fit it up. */
2956 validate_change (insn, &SET_SRC (old_set), src, 1);
2957 validate_change (insn, &SET_DEST (old_set),
2958 ep->to_rtx, 1);
2959 if (! apply_change_group ())
2960 {
2961 SET_SRC (old_set) = src;
2962 SET_DEST (old_set) = ep->to_rtx;
2963 }
2964
2965 val = 1;
2966 goto done;
2967 }
2968 }
2969 #endif
2970
2971 /* In this case this insn isn't serving a useful purpose. We
2972 will delete it in reload_as_needed once we know that this
2973 elimination is, in fact, being done.
2974
2975 If REPLACE isn't set, we can't delete this insn, but needn't
2976 process it since it won't be used unless something changes. */
2977 if (replace)
2978 {
2979 delete_dead_insn (insn);
2980 return 1;
2981 }
2982 val = 1;
2983 goto done;
2984 }
2985 }
2986
2987 /* We allow one special case which happens to work on all machines we
2988 currently support: a single set with the source or a REG_EQUAL
2989 note being a PLUS of an eliminable register and a constant. */
2990 plus_src = 0;
2991 if (old_set && REG_P (SET_DEST (old_set)))
2992 {
2993 /* First see if the source is of the form (plus (reg) CST). */
2994 if (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (old_set)) == PLUS
2995 && REG_P (XEXP (SET_SRC (old_set), 0))
2996 && GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (old_set), 1)) == CONST_INT
2997 && REGNO (XEXP (SET_SRC (old_set), 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
2998 plus_src = SET_SRC (old_set);
2999 else if (REG_P (SET_SRC (old_set)))
3000 {
3001 /* Otherwise, see if we have a REG_EQUAL note of the form
3002 (plus (reg) CST). */
3003 rtx links;
3004 for (links = REG_NOTES (insn); links; links = XEXP (links, 1))
3005 {
3006 if (REG_NOTE_KIND (links) == REG_EQUAL
3007 && GET_CODE (XEXP (links, 0)) == PLUS
3008 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (links, 0), 0))
3009 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (links, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
3010 && REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (links, 0), 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
3011 {
3012 plus_src = XEXP (links, 0);
3013 break;
3014 }
3015 }
3016 }
3017 }
3018 if (plus_src)
3019 {
3020 rtx reg = XEXP (plus_src, 0);
3021 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = INTVAL (XEXP (plus_src, 1));
3022
3023 for (ep = reg_eliminate; ep < &reg_eliminate[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS]; ep++)
3024 if (ep->from_rtx == reg && ep->can_eliminate)
3025 {
3026 offset += ep->offset;
3027
3028 if (offset == 0)
3029 {
3030 int num_clobbers;
3031 /* We assume here that if we need a PARALLEL with
3032 CLOBBERs for this assignment, we can do with the
3033 MATCH_SCRATCHes that add_clobbers allocates.
3034 There's not much we can do if that doesn't work. */
3035 PATTERN (insn) = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
3036 SET_DEST (old_set),
3037 ep->to_rtx);
3038 num_clobbers = 0;
3039 INSN_CODE (insn) = recog (PATTERN (insn), insn, &num_clobbers);
3040 if (num_clobbers)
3041 {
3042 rtvec vec = rtvec_alloc (num_clobbers + 1);
3043
3044 vec->elem[0] = PATTERN (insn);
3045 PATTERN (insn) = gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode, vec);
3046 add_clobbers (PATTERN (insn), INSN_CODE (insn));
3047 }
3048 gcc_assert (INSN_CODE (insn) >= 0);
3049 }
3050 /* If we have a nonzero offset, and the source is already
3051 a simple REG, the following transformation would
3052 increase the cost of the insn by replacing a simple REG
3053 with (plus (reg sp) CST). So try only when plus_src
3054 comes from old_set proper, not REG_NOTES. */
3055 else if (SET_SRC (old_set) == plus_src)
3056 {
3057 new_body = old_body;
3058 if (! replace)
3059 {
3060 new_body = copy_insn (old_body);
3061 if (REG_NOTES (insn))
3062 REG_NOTES (insn) = copy_insn_1 (REG_NOTES (insn));
3063 }
3064 PATTERN (insn) = new_body;
3065 old_set = single_set (insn);
3066
3067 XEXP (SET_SRC (old_set), 0) = ep->to_rtx;
3068 XEXP (SET_SRC (old_set), 1) = GEN_INT (offset);
3069 }
3070 else
3071 break;
3072
3073 val = 1;
3074 /* This can't have an effect on elimination offsets, so skip right
3075 to the end. */
3076 goto done;
3077 }
3078 }
3079
3080 /* Determine the effects of this insn on elimination offsets. */
3081 elimination_effects (old_body, 0);
3082
3083 /* Eliminate all eliminable registers occurring in operands that
3084 can be handled by reload. */
3085 extract_insn (insn);
3086 for (i = 0; i < recog_data.n_operands; i++)
3087 {
3088 orig_operand[i] = recog_data.operand[i];
3089 substed_operand[i] = recog_data.operand[i];
3090
3091 /* For an asm statement, every operand is eliminable. */
3092 if (insn_is_asm || insn_data[icode].operand[i].eliminable)
3093 {
3094 /* Check for setting a register that we know about. */
3095 if (recog_data.operand_type[i] != OP_IN
3096 && REG_P (orig_operand[i]))
3097 {
3098 /* If we are assigning to a register that can be eliminated, it
3099 must be as part of a PARALLEL, since the code above handles
3100 single SETs. We must indicate that we can no longer
3101 eliminate this reg. */
3102 for (ep = reg_eliminate; ep < &reg_eliminate[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS];
3103 ep++)
3104 if (ep->from_rtx == orig_operand[i])
3105 ep->can_eliminate = 0;
3106 }
3107
3108 substed_operand[i] = eliminate_regs (recog_data.operand[i], 0,
3109 replace ? insn : NULL_RTX);
3110 if (substed_operand[i] != orig_operand[i])
3111 val = 1;
3112 /* Terminate the search in check_eliminable_occurrences at
3113 this point. */
3114 *recog_data.operand_loc[i] = 0;
3115
3116 /* If an output operand changed from a REG to a MEM and INSN is an
3117 insn, write a CLOBBER insn. */
3118 if (recog_data.operand_type[i] != OP_IN
3119 && REG_P (orig_operand[i])
3120 && MEM_P (substed_operand[i])
3121 && replace)
3122 emit_insn_after (gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, orig_operand[i]),
3123 insn);
3124 }
3125 }
3126
3127 for (i = 0; i < recog_data.n_dups; i++)
3128 *recog_data.dup_loc[i]
3129 = *recog_data.operand_loc[(int) recog_data.dup_num[i]];
3130
3131 /* If any eliminable remain, they aren't eliminable anymore. */
3132 check_eliminable_occurrences (old_body);
3133
3134 /* Substitute the operands; the new values are in the substed_operand
3135 array. */
3136 for (i = 0; i < recog_data.n_operands; i++)
3137 *recog_data.operand_loc[i] = substed_operand[i];
3138 for (i = 0; i < recog_data.n_dups; i++)
3139 *recog_data.dup_loc[i] = substed_operand[(int) recog_data.dup_num[i]];
3140
3141 /* If we are replacing a body that was a (set X (plus Y Z)), try to
3142 re-recognize the insn. We do this in case we had a simple addition
3143 but now can do this as a load-address. This saves an insn in this
3144 common case.
3145 If re-recognition fails, the old insn code number will still be used,
3146 and some register operands may have changed into PLUS expressions.
3147 These will be handled by find_reloads by loading them into a register
3148 again. */
3149
3150 if (val)
3151 {
3152 /* If we aren't replacing things permanently and we changed something,
3153 make another copy to ensure that all the RTL is new. Otherwise
3154 things can go wrong if find_reload swaps commutative operands
3155 and one is inside RTL that has been copied while the other is not. */
3156 new_body = old_body;
3157 if (! replace)
3158 {
3159 new_body = copy_insn (old_body);
3160 if (REG_NOTES (insn))
3161 REG_NOTES (insn) = copy_insn_1 (REG_NOTES (insn));
3162 }
3163 PATTERN (insn) = new_body;
3164
3165 /* If we had a move insn but now we don't, rerecognize it. This will
3166 cause spurious re-recognition if the old move had a PARALLEL since
3167 the new one still will, but we can't call single_set without
3168 having put NEW_BODY into the insn and the re-recognition won't
3169 hurt in this rare case. */
3170 /* ??? Why this huge if statement - why don't we just rerecognize the
3171 thing always? */
3172 if (! insn_is_asm
3173 && old_set != 0
3174 && ((REG_P (SET_SRC (old_set))
3175 && (GET_CODE (new_body) != SET
3176 || !REG_P (SET_SRC (new_body))))
3177 /* If this was a load from or store to memory, compare
3178 the MEM in recog_data.operand to the one in the insn.
3179 If they are not equal, then rerecognize the insn. */
3180 || (old_set != 0
3181 && ((MEM_P (SET_SRC (old_set))
3182 && SET_SRC (old_set) != recog_data.operand[1])
3183 || (MEM_P (SET_DEST (old_set))
3184 && SET_DEST (old_set) != recog_data.operand[0])))
3185 /* If this was an add insn before, rerecognize. */
3186 || GET_CODE (SET_SRC (old_set)) == PLUS))
3187 {
3188 int new_icode = recog (PATTERN (insn), insn, 0);
3189 if (new_icode < 0)
3190 INSN_CODE (insn) = icode;
3191 }
3192 }
3193
3194 /* Restore the old body. If there were any changes to it, we made a copy
3195 of it while the changes were still in place, so we'll correctly return
3196 a modified insn below. */
3197 if (! replace)
3198 {
3199 /* Restore the old body. */
3200 for (i = 0; i < recog_data.n_operands; i++)
3201 *recog_data.operand_loc[i] = orig_operand[i];
3202 for (i = 0; i < recog_data.n_dups; i++)
3203 *recog_data.dup_loc[i] = orig_operand[(int) recog_data.dup_num[i]];
3204 }
3205
3206 /* Update all elimination pairs to reflect the status after the current
3207 insn. The changes we make were determined by the earlier call to
3208 elimination_effects.
3209
3210 We also detect cases where register elimination cannot be done,
3211 namely, if a register would be both changed and referenced outside a MEM
3212 in the resulting insn since such an insn is often undefined and, even if
3213 not, we cannot know what meaning will be given to it. Note that it is
3214 valid to have a register used in an address in an insn that changes it
3215 (presumably with a pre- or post-increment or decrement).
3216
3217 If anything changes, return nonzero. */
3218
3219 for (ep = reg_eliminate; ep < &reg_eliminate[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS]; ep++)
3220 {
3221 if (ep->previous_offset != ep->offset && ep->ref_outside_mem)
3222 ep->can_eliminate = 0;
3223
3224 ep->ref_outside_mem = 0;
3225
3226 if (ep->previous_offset != ep->offset)
3227 val = 1;
3228 }
3229
3230 done:
3231 /* If we changed something, perform elimination in REG_NOTES. This is
3232 needed even when REPLACE is zero because a REG_DEAD note might refer
3233 to a register that we eliminate and could cause a different number
3234 of spill registers to be needed in the final reload pass than in
3235 the pre-passes. */
3236 if (val && REG_NOTES (insn) != 0)
3237 REG_NOTES (insn) = eliminate_regs (REG_NOTES (insn), 0, REG_NOTES (insn));
3238
3239 return val;
3240 }
3241
3242 /* Loop through all elimination pairs.
3243 Recalculate the number not at initial offset.
3244
3245 Compute the maximum offset (minimum offset if the stack does not
3246 grow downward) for each elimination pair. */
3247
3248 static void
3249 update_eliminable_offsets (void)
3250 {
3251 struct elim_table *ep;
3252
3253 num_not_at_initial_offset = 0;
3254 for (ep = reg_eliminate; ep < &reg_eliminate[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS]; ep++)
3255 {
3256 ep->previous_offset = ep->offset;
3257 if (ep->can_eliminate && ep->offset != ep->initial_offset)
3258 num_not_at_initial_offset++;
3259 }
3260 }
3261
3262 /* Given X, a SET or CLOBBER of DEST, if DEST is the target of a register
3263 replacement we currently believe is valid, mark it as not eliminable if X
3264 modifies DEST in any way other than by adding a constant integer to it.
3265
3266 If DEST is the frame pointer, we do nothing because we assume that
3267 all assignments to the hard frame pointer are nonlocal gotos and are being
3268 done at a time when they are valid and do not disturb anything else.
3269 Some machines want to eliminate a fake argument pointer with either the
3270 frame or stack pointer. Assignments to the hard frame pointer must not
3271 prevent this elimination.
3272
3273 Called via note_stores from reload before starting its passes to scan
3274 the insns of the function. */
3275
3276 static void
3277 mark_not_eliminable (rtx dest, rtx x, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3278 {
3279 unsigned int i;
3280
3281 /* A SUBREG of a hard register here is just changing its mode. We should
3282 not see a SUBREG of an eliminable hard register, but check just in
3283 case. */
3284 if (GET_CODE (dest) == SUBREG)
3285 dest = SUBREG_REG (dest);
3286
3287 if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
3288 return;
3289
3290 for (i = 0; i < NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS; i++)
3291 if (reg_eliminate[i].can_eliminate && dest == reg_eliminate[i].to_rtx
3292 && (GET_CODE (x) != SET
3293 || GET_CODE (SET_SRC (x)) != PLUS
3294 || XEXP (SET_SRC (x), 0) != dest
3295 || GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (x), 1)) != CONST_INT))
3296 {
3297 reg_eliminate[i].can_eliminate_previous
3298 = reg_eliminate[i].can_eliminate = 0;
3299 num_eliminable--;
3300 }
3301 }
3302
3303 /* Verify that the initial elimination offsets did not change since the
3304 last call to set_initial_elim_offsets. This is used to catch cases
3305 where something illegal happened during reload_as_needed that could
3306 cause incorrect code to be generated if we did not check for it. */
3307
3308 static bool
3309 verify_initial_elim_offsets (void)
3310 {
3311 HOST_WIDE_INT t;
3312
3313 if (!num_eliminable)
3314 return true;
3315
3316 #ifdef ELIMINABLE_REGS
3317 {
3318 struct elim_table *ep;
3319
3320 for (ep = reg_eliminate; ep < &reg_eliminate[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS]; ep++)
3321 {
3322 INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET (ep->from, ep->to, t);
3323 if (t != ep->initial_offset)
3324 return false;
3325 }
3326 }
3327 #else
3328 INITIAL_FRAME_POINTER_OFFSET (t);
3329 if (t != reg_eliminate[0].initial_offset)
3330 return false;
3331 #endif
3332
3333 return true;
3334 }
3335
3336 /* Reset all offsets on eliminable registers to their initial values. */
3337
3338 static void
3339 set_initial_elim_offsets (void)
3340 {
3341 struct elim_table *ep = reg_eliminate;
3342
3343 #ifdef ELIMINABLE_REGS
3344 for (; ep < &reg_eliminate[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS]; ep++)
3345 {
3346 INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET (ep->from, ep->to, ep->initial_offset);
3347 ep->previous_offset = ep->offset = ep->initial_offset;
3348 }
3349 #else
3350 INITIAL_FRAME_POINTER_OFFSET (ep->initial_offset);
3351 ep->previous_offset = ep->offset = ep->initial_offset;
3352 #endif
3353
3354 num_not_at_initial_offset = 0;
3355 }
3356
3357 /* Subroutine of set_initial_label_offsets called via for_each_eh_label. */
3358
3359 static void
3360 set_initial_eh_label_offset (rtx label)
3361 {
3362 set_label_offsets (label, NULL_RTX, 1);
3363 }
3364
3365 /* Initialize the known label offsets.
3366 Set a known offset for each forced label to be at the initial offset
3367 of each elimination. We do this because we assume that all
3368 computed jumps occur from a location where each elimination is
3369 at its initial offset.
3370 For all other labels, show that we don't know the offsets. */
3371
3372 static void
3373 set_initial_label_offsets (void)
3374 {
3375 rtx x;
3376 memset (offsets_known_at, 0, num_labels);
3377
3378 for (x = forced_labels; x; x = XEXP (x, 1))
3379 if (XEXP (x, 0))
3380 set_label_offsets (XEXP (x, 0), NULL_RTX, 1);
3381
3382 for_each_eh_label (set_initial_eh_label_offset);
3383 }
3384
3385 /* Set all elimination offsets to the known values for the code label given
3386 by INSN. */
3387
3388 static void
3389 set_offsets_for_label (rtx insn)
3390 {
3391 unsigned int i;
3392 int label_nr = CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn);
3393 struct elim_table *ep;
3394
3395 num_not_at_initial_offset = 0;
3396 for (i = 0, ep = reg_eliminate; i < NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS; ep++, i++)
3397 {
3398 ep->offset = ep->previous_offset
3399 = offsets_at[label_nr - first_label_num][i];
3400 if (ep->can_eliminate && ep->offset != ep->initial_offset)
3401 num_not_at_initial_offset++;
3402 }
3403 }
3404
3405 /* See if anything that happened changes which eliminations are valid.
3406 For example, on the SPARC, whether or not the frame pointer can
3407 be eliminated can depend on what registers have been used. We need
3408 not check some conditions again (such as flag_omit_frame_pointer)
3409 since they can't have changed. */
3410
3411 static void
3412 update_eliminables (HARD_REG_SET *pset)
3413 {
3414 int previous_frame_pointer_needed = frame_pointer_needed;
3415 struct elim_table *ep;
3416
3417 for (ep = reg_eliminate; ep < &reg_eliminate[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS]; ep++)
3418 if ((ep->from == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM && FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED)
3419 #ifdef ELIMINABLE_REGS
3420 || ! CAN_ELIMINATE (ep->from, ep->to)
3421 #endif
3422 )
3423 ep->can_eliminate = 0;
3424
3425 /* Look for the case where we have discovered that we can't replace
3426 register A with register B and that means that we will now be
3427 trying to replace register A with register C. This means we can
3428 no longer replace register C with register B and we need to disable
3429 such an elimination, if it exists. This occurs often with A == ap,
3430 B == sp, and C == fp. */
3431
3432 for (ep = reg_eliminate; ep < &reg_eliminate[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS]; ep++)
3433 {
3434 struct elim_table *op;
3435 int new_to = -1;
3436
3437 if (! ep->can_eliminate && ep->can_eliminate_previous)
3438 {
3439 /* Find the current elimination for ep->from, if there is a
3440 new one. */
3441 for (op = reg_eliminate;
3442 op < &reg_eliminate[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS]; op++)
3443 if (op->from == ep->from && op->can_eliminate)
3444 {
3445 new_to = op->to;
3446 break;
3447 }
3448
3449 /* See if there is an elimination of NEW_TO -> EP->TO. If so,
3450 disable it. */
3451 for (op = reg_eliminate;
3452 op < &reg_eliminate[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS]; op++)
3453 if (op->from == new_to && op->to == ep->to)
3454 op->can_eliminate = 0;
3455 }
3456 }
3457
3458 /* See if any registers that we thought we could eliminate the previous
3459 time are no longer eliminable. If so, something has changed and we
3460 must spill the register. Also, recompute the number of eliminable
3461 registers and see if the frame pointer is needed; it is if there is
3462 no elimination of the frame pointer that we can perform. */
3463
3464 frame_pointer_needed = 1;
3465 for (ep = reg_eliminate; ep < &reg_eliminate[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS]; ep++)
3466 {
3467 if (ep->can_eliminate && ep->from == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
3468 && ep->to != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
3469 frame_pointer_needed = 0;
3470
3471 if (! ep->can_eliminate && ep->can_eliminate_previous)
3472 {
3473 ep->can_eliminate_previous = 0;
3474 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (*pset, ep->from);
3475 num_eliminable--;
3476 }
3477 }
3478
3479 /* If we didn't need a frame pointer last time, but we do now, spill
3480 the hard frame pointer. */
3481 if (frame_pointer_needed && ! previous_frame_pointer_needed)
3482 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (*pset, HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
3483 }
3484
3485 /* Initialize the table of registers to eliminate. */
3486
3487 static void
3488 init_elim_table (void)
3489 {
3490 struct elim_table *ep;
3491 #ifdef ELIMINABLE_REGS
3492 const struct elim_table_1 *ep1;
3493 #endif
3494
3495 if (!reg_eliminate)
3496 reg_eliminate = xcalloc (sizeof (struct elim_table), NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS);
3497
3498 /* Does this function require a frame pointer? */
3499
3500 frame_pointer_needed = (! flag_omit_frame_pointer
3501 /* ?? If EXIT_IGNORE_STACK is set, we will not save
3502 and restore sp for alloca. So we can't eliminate
3503 the frame pointer in that case. At some point,
3504 we should improve this by emitting the
3505 sp-adjusting insns for this case. */
3506 || (current_function_calls_alloca
3507 && EXIT_IGNORE_STACK)
3508 || FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED);
3509
3510 num_eliminable = 0;
3511
3512 #ifdef ELIMINABLE_REGS
3513 for (ep = reg_eliminate, ep1 = reg_eliminate_1;
3514 ep < &reg_eliminate[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS]; ep++, ep1++)
3515 {
3516 ep->from = ep1->from;
3517 ep->to = ep1->to;
3518 ep->can_eliminate = ep->can_eliminate_previous
3519 = (CAN_ELIMINATE (ep->from, ep->to)
3520 && ! (ep->to == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM && frame_pointer_needed));
3521 }
3522 #else
3523 reg_eliminate[0].from = reg_eliminate_1[0].from;
3524 reg_eliminate[0].to = reg_eliminate_1[0].to;
3525 reg_eliminate[0].can_eliminate = reg_eliminate[0].can_eliminate_previous
3526 = ! frame_pointer_needed;
3527 #endif
3528
3529 /* Count the number of eliminable registers and build the FROM and TO
3530 REG rtx's. Note that code in gen_rtx_REG will cause, e.g.,
3531 gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM) to equal stack_pointer_rtx.
3532 We depend on this. */
3533 for (ep = reg_eliminate; ep < &reg_eliminate[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS]; ep++)
3534 {
3535 num_eliminable += ep->can_eliminate;
3536 ep->from_rtx = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, ep->from);
3537 ep->to_rtx = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, ep->to);
3538 }
3539 }
3540 \f
3541 /* Kick all pseudos out of hard register REGNO.
3542
3543 If CANT_ELIMINATE is nonzero, it means that we are doing this spill
3544 because we found we can't eliminate some register. In the case, no pseudos
3545 are allowed to be in the register, even if they are only in a block that
3546 doesn't require spill registers, unlike the case when we are spilling this
3547 hard reg to produce another spill register.
3548
3549 Return nonzero if any pseudos needed to be kicked out. */
3550
3551 static void
3552 spill_hard_reg (unsigned int regno, int cant_eliminate)
3553 {
3554 int i;
3555
3556 if (cant_eliminate)
3557 {
3558 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (bad_spill_regs_global, regno);
3559 regs_ever_live[regno] = 1;
3560 }
3561
3562 /* Spill every pseudo reg that was allocated to this reg
3563 or to something that overlaps this reg. */
3564
3565 for (i = FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i < max_regno; i++)
3566 if (reg_renumber[i] >= 0
3567 && (unsigned int) reg_renumber[i] <= regno
3568 && ((unsigned int) reg_renumber[i]
3569 + hard_regno_nregs[(unsigned int) reg_renumber[i]]
3570 [PSEUDO_REGNO_MODE (i)]
3571 > regno))
3572 SET_REGNO_REG_SET (&spilled_pseudos, i);
3573 }
3574
3575 /* After find_reload_regs has been run for all insn that need reloads,
3576 and/or spill_hard_regs was called, this function is used to actually
3577 spill pseudo registers and try to reallocate them. It also sets up the
3578 spill_regs array for use by choose_reload_regs. */
3579
3580 static int
3581 finish_spills (int global)
3582 {
3583 struct insn_chain *chain;
3584 int something_changed = 0;
3585 unsigned i;
3586 reg_set_iterator rsi;
3587
3588 /* Build the spill_regs array for the function. */
3589 /* If there are some registers still to eliminate and one of the spill regs
3590 wasn't ever used before, additional stack space may have to be
3591 allocated to store this register. Thus, we may have changed the offset
3592 between the stack and frame pointers, so mark that something has changed.
3593
3594 One might think that we need only set VAL to 1 if this is a call-used
3595 register. However, the set of registers that must be saved by the
3596 prologue is not identical to the call-used set. For example, the
3597 register used by the call insn for the return PC is a call-used register,
3598 but must be saved by the prologue. */
3599
3600 n_spills = 0;
3601 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
3602 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (used_spill_regs, i))
3603 {
3604 spill_reg_order[i] = n_spills;
3605 spill_regs[n_spills++] = i;
3606 if (num_eliminable && ! regs_ever_live[i])
3607 something_changed = 1;
3608 regs_ever_live[i] = 1;
3609 }
3610 else
3611 spill_reg_order[i] = -1;
3612
3613 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_REG_SET (&spilled_pseudos, FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, i, rsi)
3614 {
3615 /* Record the current hard register the pseudo is allocated to in
3616 pseudo_previous_regs so we avoid reallocating it to the same
3617 hard reg in a later pass. */
3618 gcc_assert (reg_renumber[i] >= 0);
3619
3620 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (pseudo_previous_regs[i], reg_renumber[i]);
3621 /* Mark it as no longer having a hard register home. */
3622 reg_renumber[i] = -1;
3623 /* We will need to scan everything again. */
3624 something_changed = 1;
3625 }
3626
3627 /* Retry global register allocation if possible. */
3628 if (global)
3629 {
3630 memset (pseudo_forbidden_regs, 0, max_regno * sizeof (HARD_REG_SET));
3631 /* For every insn that needs reloads, set the registers used as spill
3632 regs in pseudo_forbidden_regs for every pseudo live across the
3633 insn. */
3634 for (chain = insns_need_reload; chain; chain = chain->next_need_reload)
3635 {
3636 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_REG_SET
3637 (&chain->live_throughout, FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, i, rsi)
3638 {
3639 IOR_HARD_REG_SET (pseudo_forbidden_regs[i],
3640 chain->used_spill_regs);
3641 }
3642 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_REG_SET
3643 (&chain->dead_or_set, FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, i, rsi)
3644 {
3645 IOR_HARD_REG_SET (pseudo_forbidden_regs[i],
3646 chain->used_spill_regs);
3647 }
3648 }
3649
3650 /* Retry allocating the spilled pseudos. For each reg, merge the
3651 various reg sets that indicate which hard regs can't be used,
3652 and call retry_global_alloc.
3653 We change spill_pseudos here to only contain pseudos that did not
3654 get a new hard register. */
3655 for (i = FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i < (unsigned)max_regno; i++)
3656 if (reg_old_renumber[i] != reg_renumber[i])
3657 {
3658 HARD_REG_SET forbidden;
3659 COPY_HARD_REG_SET (forbidden, bad_spill_regs_global);
3660 IOR_HARD_REG_SET (forbidden, pseudo_forbidden_regs[i]);
3661 IOR_HARD_REG_SET (forbidden, pseudo_previous_regs[i]);
3662 retry_global_alloc (i, forbidden);
3663 if (reg_renumber[i] >= 0)
3664 CLEAR_REGNO_REG_SET (&spilled_pseudos, i);
3665 }
3666 }
3667
3668 /* Fix up the register information in the insn chain.
3669 This involves deleting those of the spilled pseudos which did not get
3670 a new hard register home from the live_{before,after} sets. */
3671 for (chain = reload_insn_chain; chain; chain = chain->next)
3672 {
3673 HARD_REG_SET used_by_pseudos;
3674 HARD_REG_SET used_by_pseudos2;
3675
3676 AND_COMPL_REG_SET (&chain->live_throughout, &spilled_pseudos);
3677 AND_COMPL_REG_SET (&chain->dead_or_set, &spilled_pseudos);
3678
3679 /* Mark any unallocated hard regs as available for spills. That
3680 makes inheritance work somewhat better. */
3681 if (chain->need_reload)
3682 {
3683 REG_SET_TO_HARD_REG_SET (used_by_pseudos, &chain->live_throughout);
3684 REG_SET_TO_HARD_REG_SET (used_by_pseudos2, &chain->dead_or_set);
3685 IOR_HARD_REG_SET (used_by_pseudos, used_by_pseudos2);
3686
3687 /* Save the old value for the sanity test below. */
3688 COPY_HARD_REG_SET (used_by_pseudos2, chain->used_spill_regs);
3689
3690 compute_use_by_pseudos (&used_by_pseudos, &chain->live_throughout);
3691 compute_use_by_pseudos (&used_by_pseudos, &chain->dead_or_set);
3692 COMPL_HARD_REG_SET (chain->used_spill_regs, used_by_pseudos);
3693 AND_HARD_REG_SET (chain->used_spill_regs, used_spill_regs);
3694
3695 /* Make sure we only enlarge the set. */
3696 GO_IF_HARD_REG_SUBSET (used_by_pseudos2, chain->used_spill_regs, ok);
3697 gcc_unreachable ();
3698 ok:;
3699 }
3700 }
3701
3702 /* Let alter_reg modify the reg rtx's for the modified pseudos. */
3703 for (i = FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i < (unsigned)max_regno; i++)
3704 {
3705 int regno = reg_renumber[i];
3706 if (reg_old_renumber[i] == regno)
3707 continue;
3708
3709 alter_reg (i, reg_old_renumber[i]);
3710 reg_old_renumber[i] = regno;
3711 if (dump_file)
3712 {
3713 if (regno == -1)
3714 fprintf (dump_file, " Register %d now on stack.\n\n", i);
3715 else
3716 fprintf (dump_file, " Register %d now in %d.\n\n",
3717 i, reg_renumber[i]);
3718 }
3719 }
3720
3721 return something_changed;
3722 }
3723 \f
3724 /* Find all paradoxical subregs within X and update reg_max_ref_width. */
3725
3726 static void
3727 scan_paradoxical_subregs (rtx x)
3728 {
3729 int i;
3730 const char *fmt;
3731 enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
3732
3733 switch (code)
3734 {
3735 case REG:
3736 case CONST_INT:
3737 case CONST:
3738 case SYMBOL_REF:
3739 case LABEL_REF:
3740 case CONST_DOUBLE:
3741 case CONST_VECTOR: /* shouldn't happen, but just in case. */
3742 case CC0:
3743 case PC:
3744 case USE:
3745 case CLOBBER:
3746 return;
3747
3748 case SUBREG:
3749 if (REG_P (SUBREG_REG (x))
3750 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)) > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x))))
3751 reg_max_ref_width[REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x))]
3752 = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x));
3753 return;
3754
3755 default:
3756 break;
3757 }
3758
3759 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
3760 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
3761 {
3762 if (fmt[i] == 'e')
3763 scan_paradoxical_subregs (XEXP (x, i));
3764 else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
3765 {
3766 int j;
3767 for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
3768 scan_paradoxical_subregs (XVECEXP (x, i, j));
3769 }
3770 }
3771 }
3772 \f
3773 /* Reload pseudo-registers into hard regs around each insn as needed.
3774 Additional register load insns are output before the insn that needs it
3775 and perhaps store insns after insns that modify the reloaded pseudo reg.
3776
3777 reg_last_reload_reg and reg_reloaded_contents keep track of
3778 which registers are already available in reload registers.
3779 We update these for the reloads that we perform,
3780 as the insns are scanned. */
3781
3782 static void
3783 reload_as_needed (int live_known)
3784 {
3785 struct insn_chain *chain;
3786 #if defined (AUTO_INC_DEC)
3787 int i;
3788 #endif
3789 rtx x;
3790
3791 memset (spill_reg_rtx, 0, sizeof spill_reg_rtx);
3792 memset (spill_reg_store, 0, sizeof spill_reg_store);
3793 reg_last_reload_reg = xcalloc (max_regno, sizeof (rtx));
3794 reg_has_output_reload = xmalloc (max_regno);
3795 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (reg_reloaded_valid);
3796 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (reg_reloaded_call_part_clobbered);
3797
3798 set_initial_elim_offsets ();
3799
3800 for (chain = reload_insn_chain; chain; chain = chain->next)
3801 {
3802 rtx prev = 0;
3803 rtx insn = chain->insn;
3804 rtx old_next = NEXT_INSN (insn);
3805
3806 /* If we pass a label, copy the offsets from the label information
3807 into the current offsets of each elimination. */
3808 if (LABEL_P (insn))
3809 set_offsets_for_label (insn);
3810
3811 else if (INSN_P (insn))
3812 {
3813 rtx oldpat = copy_rtx (PATTERN (insn));
3814
3815 /* If this is a USE and CLOBBER of a MEM, ensure that any
3816 references to eliminable registers have been removed. */
3817
3818 if ((GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == USE
3819 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == CLOBBER)
3820 && MEM_P (XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0)))
3821 XEXP (XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0), 0)
3822 = eliminate_regs (XEXP (XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0), 0),
3823 GET_MODE (XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0)),
3824 NULL_RTX);
3825
3826 /* If we need to do register elimination processing, do so.
3827 This might delete the insn, in which case we are done. */
3828 if ((num_eliminable || num_eliminable_invariants) && chain->need_elim)
3829 {
3830 eliminate_regs_in_insn (insn, 1);
3831 if (NOTE_P (insn))
3832 {
3833 update_eliminable_offsets ();
3834 continue;
3835 }
3836 }
3837
3838 /* If need_elim is nonzero but need_reload is zero, one might think
3839 that we could simply set n_reloads to 0. However, find_reloads
3840 could have done some manipulation of the insn (such as swapping
3841 commutative operands), and these manipulations are lost during
3842 the first pass for every insn that needs register elimination.
3843 So the actions of find_reloads must be redone here. */
3844
3845 if (! chain->need_elim && ! chain->need_reload
3846 && ! chain->need_operand_change)
3847 n_reloads = 0;
3848 /* First find the pseudo regs that must be reloaded for this insn.
3849 This info is returned in the tables reload_... (see reload.h).
3850 Also modify the body of INSN by substituting RELOAD
3851 rtx's for those pseudo regs. */
3852 else
3853 {
3854 memset (reg_has_output_reload, 0, max_regno);
3855 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (reg_is_output_reload);
3856
3857 find_reloads (insn, 1, spill_indirect_levels, live_known,
3858 spill_reg_order);
3859 }
3860
3861 if (n_reloads > 0)
3862 {
3863 rtx next = NEXT_INSN (insn);
3864 rtx p;
3865
3866 prev = PREV_INSN (insn);
3867
3868 /* Now compute which reload regs to reload them into. Perhaps
3869 reusing reload regs from previous insns, or else output
3870 load insns to reload them. Maybe output store insns too.
3871 Record the choices of reload reg in reload_reg_rtx. */
3872 choose_reload_regs (chain);
3873
3874 /* Merge any reloads that we didn't combine for fear of
3875 increasing the number of spill registers needed but now
3876 discover can be safely merged. */
3877 if (SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES)
3878 merge_assigned_reloads (insn);
3879
3880 /* Generate the insns to reload operands into or out of
3881 their reload regs. */
3882 emit_reload_insns (chain);
3883
3884 /* Substitute the chosen reload regs from reload_reg_rtx
3885 into the insn's body (or perhaps into the bodies of other
3886 load and store insn that we just made for reloading
3887 and that we moved the structure into). */
3888 subst_reloads (insn);
3889
3890 /* If this was an ASM, make sure that all the reload insns
3891 we have generated are valid. If not, give an error
3892 and delete them. */
3893
3894 if (asm_noperands (PATTERN (insn)) >= 0)
3895 for (p = NEXT_INSN (prev); p != next; p = NEXT_INSN (p))
3896 if (p != insn && INSN_P (p)
3897 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (p)) != USE
3898 && (recog_memoized (p) < 0
3899 || (extract_insn (p), ! constrain_operands (1))))
3900 {
3901 error_for_asm (insn,
3902 "%<asm%> operand requires "
3903 "impossible reload");
3904 delete_insn (p);
3905 }
3906 }
3907
3908 if (num_eliminable && chain->need_elim)
3909 update_eliminable_offsets ();
3910
3911 /* Any previously reloaded spilled pseudo reg, stored in this insn,
3912 is no longer validly lying around to save a future reload.
3913 Note that this does not detect pseudos that were reloaded
3914 for this insn in order to be stored in
3915 (obeying register constraints). That is correct; such reload
3916 registers ARE still valid. */
3917 note_stores (oldpat, forget_old_reloads_1, NULL);
3918
3919 /* There may have been CLOBBER insns placed after INSN. So scan
3920 between INSN and NEXT and use them to forget old reloads. */
3921 for (x = NEXT_INSN (insn); x != old_next; x = NEXT_INSN (x))
3922 if (NONJUMP_INSN_P (x) && GET_CODE (PATTERN (x)) == CLOBBER)
3923 note_stores (PATTERN (x), forget_old_reloads_1, NULL);
3924
3925 #ifdef AUTO_INC_DEC
3926 /* Likewise for regs altered by auto-increment in this insn.
3927 REG_INC notes have been changed by reloading:
3928 find_reloads_address_1 records substitutions for them,
3929 which have been performed by subst_reloads above. */
3930 for (i = n_reloads - 1; i >= 0; i--)
3931 {
3932 rtx in_reg = rld[i].in_reg;
3933 if (in_reg)
3934 {
3935 enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (in_reg);
3936 /* PRE_INC / PRE_DEC will have the reload register ending up
3937 with the same value as the stack slot, but that doesn't
3938 hold true for POST_INC / POST_DEC. Either we have to
3939 convert the memory access to a true POST_INC / POST_DEC,
3940 or we can't use the reload register for inheritance. */
3941 if ((code == POST_INC || code == POST_DEC)
3942 && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_reloaded_valid,
3943 REGNO (rld[i].reg_rtx))
3944 /* Make sure it is the inc/dec pseudo, and not
3945 some other (e.g. output operand) pseudo. */
3946 && ((unsigned) reg_reloaded_contents[REGNO (rld[i].reg_rtx)]
3947 == REGNO (XEXP (in_reg, 0))))
3948
3949 {
3950 rtx reload_reg = rld[i].reg_rtx;
3951 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (reload_reg);
3952 int n = 0;
3953 rtx p;
3954
3955 for (p = PREV_INSN (old_next); p != prev; p = PREV_INSN (p))
3956 {
3957 /* We really want to ignore REG_INC notes here, so
3958 use PATTERN (p) as argument to reg_set_p . */
3959 if (reg_set_p (reload_reg, PATTERN (p)))
3960 break;
3961 n = count_occurrences (PATTERN (p), reload_reg, 0);
3962 if (! n)
3963 continue;
3964 if (n == 1)
3965 {
3966 n = validate_replace_rtx (reload_reg,
3967 gen_rtx_fmt_e (code,
3968 mode,
3969 reload_reg),
3970 p);
3971
3972 /* We must also verify that the constraints
3973 are met after the replacement. */
3974 extract_insn (p);
3975 if (n)
3976 n = constrain_operands (1);
3977 else
3978 break;
3979
3980 /* If the constraints were not met, then
3981 undo the replacement. */
3982 if (!n)
3983 {
3984 validate_replace_rtx (gen_rtx_fmt_e (code,
3985 mode,
3986 reload_reg),
3987 reload_reg, p);
3988 break;
3989 }
3990
3991 }
3992 break;
3993 }
3994 if (n == 1)
3995 {
3996 REG_NOTES (p)
3997 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_INC, reload_reg,
3998 REG_NOTES (p));
3999 /* Mark this as having an output reload so that the
4000 REG_INC processing code below won't invalidate
4001 the reload for inheritance. */
4002 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_is_output_reload,
4003 REGNO (reload_reg));
4004 reg_has_output_reload[REGNO (XEXP (in_reg, 0))] = 1;
4005 }
4006 else
4007 forget_old_reloads_1 (XEXP (in_reg, 0), NULL_RTX,
4008 NULL);
4009 }
4010 else if ((code == PRE_INC || code == PRE_DEC)
4011 && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_reloaded_valid,
4012 REGNO (rld[i].reg_rtx))
4013 /* Make sure it is the inc/dec pseudo, and not
4014 some other (e.g. output operand) pseudo. */
4015 && ((unsigned) reg_reloaded_contents[REGNO (rld[i].reg_rtx)]
4016 == REGNO (XEXP (in_reg, 0))))
4017 {
4018 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_is_output_reload,
4019 REGNO (rld[i].reg_rtx));
4020 reg_has_output_reload[REGNO (XEXP (in_reg, 0))] = 1;
4021 }
4022 }
4023 }
4024 /* If a pseudo that got a hard register is auto-incremented,
4025 we must purge records of copying it into pseudos without
4026 hard registers. */
4027 for (x = REG_NOTES (insn); x; x = XEXP (x, 1))
4028 if (REG_NOTE_KIND (x) == REG_INC)
4029 {
4030 /* See if this pseudo reg was reloaded in this insn.
4031 If so, its last-reload info is still valid
4032 because it is based on this insn's reload. */
4033 for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++)
4034 if (rld[i].out == XEXP (x, 0))
4035 break;
4036
4037 if (i == n_reloads)
4038 forget_old_reloads_1 (XEXP (x, 0), NULL_RTX, NULL);
4039 }
4040 #endif
4041 }
4042 /* A reload reg's contents are unknown after a label. */
4043 if (LABEL_P (insn))
4044 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (reg_reloaded_valid);
4045
4046 /* Don't assume a reload reg is still good after a call insn
4047 if it is a call-used reg, or if it contains a value that will
4048 be partially clobbered by the call. */
4049 else if (CALL_P (insn))
4050 {
4051 AND_COMPL_HARD_REG_SET (reg_reloaded_valid, call_used_reg_set);
4052 AND_COMPL_HARD_REG_SET (reg_reloaded_valid, reg_reloaded_call_part_clobbered);
4053 }
4054 }
4055
4056 /* Clean up. */
4057 free (reg_last_reload_reg);
4058 free (reg_has_output_reload);
4059 }
4060
4061 /* Discard all record of any value reloaded from X,
4062 or reloaded in X from someplace else;
4063 unless X is an output reload reg of the current insn.
4064
4065 X may be a hard reg (the reload reg)
4066 or it may be a pseudo reg that was reloaded from. */
4067
4068 static void
4069 forget_old_reloads_1 (rtx x, rtx ignored ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4070 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4071 {
4072 unsigned int regno;
4073 unsigned int nr;
4074
4075 /* note_stores does give us subregs of hard regs,
4076 subreg_regno_offset requires a hard reg. */
4077 while (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG)
4078 {
4079 /* We ignore the subreg offset when calculating the regno,
4080 because we are using the entire underlying hard register
4081 below. */
4082 x = SUBREG_REG (x);
4083 }
4084
4085 if (!REG_P (x))
4086 return;
4087
4088 regno = REGNO (x);
4089
4090 if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
4091 nr = 1;
4092 else
4093 {
4094 unsigned int i;
4095
4096 nr = hard_regno_nregs[regno][GET_MODE (x)];
4097 /* Storing into a spilled-reg invalidates its contents.
4098 This can happen if a block-local pseudo is allocated to that reg
4099 and it wasn't spilled because this block's total need is 0.
4100 Then some insn might have an optional reload and use this reg. */
4101 for (i = 0; i < nr; i++)
4102 /* But don't do this if the reg actually serves as an output
4103 reload reg in the current instruction. */
4104 if (n_reloads == 0
4105 || ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_is_output_reload, regno + i))
4106 {
4107 CLEAR_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_reloaded_valid, regno + i);
4108 CLEAR_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_reloaded_call_part_clobbered, regno + i);
4109 spill_reg_store[regno + i] = 0;
4110 }
4111 }
4112
4113 /* Since value of X has changed,
4114 forget any value previously copied from it. */
4115
4116 while (nr-- > 0)
4117 /* But don't forget a copy if this is the output reload
4118 that establishes the copy's validity. */
4119 if (n_reloads == 0 || reg_has_output_reload[regno + nr] == 0)
4120 reg_last_reload_reg[regno + nr] = 0;
4121 }
4122 \f
4123 /* The following HARD_REG_SETs indicate when each hard register is
4124 used for a reload of various parts of the current insn. */
4125
4126 /* If reg is unavailable for all reloads. */
4127 static HARD_REG_SET reload_reg_unavailable;
4128 /* If reg is in use as a reload reg for a RELOAD_OTHER reload. */
4129 static HARD_REG_SET reload_reg_used;
4130 /* If reg is in use for a RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS reload for operand I. */
4131 static HARD_REG_SET reload_reg_used_in_input_addr[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
4132 /* If reg is in use for a RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS reload for operand I. */
4133 static HARD_REG_SET reload_reg_used_in_inpaddr_addr[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
4134 /* If reg is in use for a RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS reload for operand I. */
4135 static HARD_REG_SET reload_reg_used_in_output_addr[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
4136 /* If reg is in use for a RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS reload for operand I. */
4137 static HARD_REG_SET reload_reg_used_in_outaddr_addr[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
4138 /* If reg is in use for a RELOAD_FOR_INPUT reload for operand I. */
4139 static HARD_REG_SET reload_reg_used_in_input[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
4140 /* If reg is in use for a RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT reload for operand I. */
4141 static HARD_REG_SET reload_reg_used_in_output[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
4142 /* If reg is in use for a RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS reload. */
4143 static HARD_REG_SET reload_reg_used_in_op_addr;
4144 /* If reg is in use for a RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR reload. */
4145 static HARD_REG_SET reload_reg_used_in_op_addr_reload;
4146 /* If reg is in use for a RELOAD_FOR_INSN reload. */
4147 static HARD_REG_SET reload_reg_used_in_insn;
4148 /* If reg is in use for a RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS reload. */
4149 static HARD_REG_SET reload_reg_used_in_other_addr;
4150
4151 /* If reg is in use as a reload reg for any sort of reload. */
4152 static HARD_REG_SET reload_reg_used_at_all;
4153
4154 /* If reg is use as an inherited reload. We just mark the first register
4155 in the group. */
4156 static HARD_REG_SET reload_reg_used_for_inherit;
4157
4158 /* Records which hard regs are used in any way, either as explicit use or
4159 by being allocated to a pseudo during any point of the current insn. */
4160 static HARD_REG_SET reg_used_in_insn;
4161
4162 /* Mark reg REGNO as in use for a reload of the sort spec'd by OPNUM and
4163 TYPE. MODE is used to indicate how many consecutive regs are
4164 actually used. */
4165
4166 static void
4167 mark_reload_reg_in_use (unsigned int regno, int opnum, enum reload_type type,
4168 enum machine_mode mode)
4169 {
4170 unsigned int nregs = hard_regno_nregs[regno][mode];
4171 unsigned int i;
4172
4173 for (i = regno; i < nregs + regno; i++)
4174 {
4175 switch (type)
4176 {
4177 case RELOAD_OTHER:
4178 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used, i);
4179 break;
4180
4181 case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS:
4182 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_input_addr[opnum], i);
4183 break;
4184
4185 case RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS:
4186 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_inpaddr_addr[opnum], i);
4187 break;
4188
4189 case RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS:
4190 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_output_addr[opnum], i);
4191 break;
4192
4193 case RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS:
4194 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_outaddr_addr[opnum], i);
4195 break;
4196
4197 case RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS:
4198 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_op_addr, i);
4199 break;
4200
4201 case RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR:
4202 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_op_addr_reload, i);
4203 break;
4204
4205 case RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS:
4206 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_other_addr, i);
4207 break;
4208
4209 case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT:
4210 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_input[opnum], i);
4211 break;
4212
4213 case RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT:
4214 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_output[opnum], i);
4215 break;
4216
4217 case RELOAD_FOR_INSN:
4218 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_insn, i);
4219 break;
4220 }
4221
4222 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_at_all, i);
4223 }
4224 }
4225
4226 /* Similarly, but show REGNO is no longer in use for a reload. */
4227
4228 static void
4229 clear_reload_reg_in_use (unsigned int regno, int opnum,
4230 enum reload_type type, enum machine_mode mode)
4231 {
4232 unsigned int nregs = hard_regno_nregs[regno][mode];
4233 unsigned int start_regno, end_regno, r;
4234 int i;
4235 /* A complication is that for some reload types, inheritance might
4236 allow multiple reloads of the same types to share a reload register.
4237 We set check_opnum if we have to check only reloads with the same
4238 operand number, and check_any if we have to check all reloads. */
4239 int check_opnum = 0;
4240 int check_any = 0;
4241 HARD_REG_SET *used_in_set;
4242
4243 switch (type)
4244 {
4245 case RELOAD_OTHER:
4246 used_in_set = &reload_reg_used;
4247 break;
4248
4249 case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS:
4250 used_in_set = &reload_reg_used_in_input_addr[opnum];
4251 break;
4252
4253 case RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS:
4254 check_opnum = 1;
4255 used_in_set = &reload_reg_used_in_inpaddr_addr[opnum];
4256 break;
4257
4258 case RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS:
4259 used_in_set = &reload_reg_used_in_output_addr[opnum];
4260 break;
4261
4262 case RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS:
4263 check_opnum = 1;
4264 used_in_set = &reload_reg_used_in_outaddr_addr[opnum];
4265 break;
4266
4267 case RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS:
4268 used_in_set = &reload_reg_used_in_op_addr;
4269 break;
4270
4271 case RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR:
4272 check_any = 1;
4273 used_in_set = &reload_reg_used_in_op_addr_reload;
4274 break;
4275
4276 case RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS:
4277 used_in_set = &reload_reg_used_in_other_addr;
4278 check_any = 1;
4279 break;
4280
4281 case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT:
4282 used_in_set = &reload_reg_used_in_input[opnum];
4283 break;
4284
4285 case RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT:
4286 used_in_set = &reload_reg_used_in_output[opnum];
4287 break;
4288
4289 case RELOAD_FOR_INSN:
4290 used_in_set = &reload_reg_used_in_insn;
4291 break;
4292 default:
4293 gcc_unreachable ();
4294 }
4295 /* We resolve conflicts with remaining reloads of the same type by
4296 excluding the intervals of reload registers by them from the
4297 interval of freed reload registers. Since we only keep track of
4298 one set of interval bounds, we might have to exclude somewhat
4299 more than what would be necessary if we used a HARD_REG_SET here.
4300 But this should only happen very infrequently, so there should
4301 be no reason to worry about it. */
4302
4303 start_regno = regno;
4304 end_regno = regno + nregs;
4305 if (check_opnum || check_any)
4306 {
4307 for (i = n_reloads - 1; i >= 0; i--)
4308 {
4309 if (rld[i].when_needed == type
4310 && (check_any || rld[i].opnum == opnum)
4311 && rld[i].reg_rtx)
4312 {
4313 unsigned int conflict_start = true_regnum (rld[i].reg_rtx);
4314 unsigned int conflict_end
4315 = (conflict_start
4316 + hard_regno_nregs[conflict_start][rld[i].mode]);
4317
4318 /* If there is an overlap with the first to-be-freed register,
4319 adjust the interval start. */
4320 if (conflict_start <= start_regno && conflict_end > start_regno)
4321 start_regno = conflict_end;
4322 /* Otherwise, if there is a conflict with one of the other
4323 to-be-freed registers, adjust the interval end. */
4324 if (conflict_start > start_regno && conflict_start < end_regno)
4325 end_regno = conflict_start;
4326 }
4327 }
4328 }
4329
4330 for (r = start_regno; r < end_regno; r++)
4331 CLEAR_HARD_REG_BIT (*used_in_set, r);
4332 }
4333
4334 /* 1 if reg REGNO is free as a reload reg for a reload of the sort
4335 specified by OPNUM and TYPE. */
4336
4337 static int
4338 reload_reg_free_p (unsigned int regno, int opnum, enum reload_type type)
4339 {
4340 int i;
4341
4342 /* In use for a RELOAD_OTHER means it's not available for anything. */
4343 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used, regno)
4344 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_unavailable, regno))
4345 return 0;
4346
4347 switch (type)
4348 {
4349 case RELOAD_OTHER:
4350 /* In use for anything means we can't use it for RELOAD_OTHER. */
4351 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_other_addr, regno)
4352 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_op_addr, regno)
4353 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_op_addr_reload, regno)
4354 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_insn, regno))
4355 return 0;
4356
4357 for (i = 0; i < reload_n_operands; i++)
4358 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_input_addr[i], regno)
4359 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_inpaddr_addr[i], regno)
4360 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_output_addr[i], regno)
4361 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_outaddr_addr[i], regno)
4362 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_input[i], regno)
4363 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_output[i], regno))
4364 return 0;
4365
4366 return 1;
4367
4368 case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT:
4369 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_insn, regno)
4370 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_op_addr, regno))
4371 return 0;
4372
4373 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_op_addr_reload, regno))
4374 return 0;
4375
4376 /* If it is used for some other input, can't use it. */
4377 for (i = 0; i < reload_n_operands; i++)
4378 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_input[i], regno))
4379 return 0;
4380
4381 /* If it is used in a later operand's address, can't use it. */
4382 for (i = opnum + 1; i < reload_n_operands; i++)
4383 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_input_addr[i], regno)
4384 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_inpaddr_addr[i], regno))
4385 return 0;
4386
4387 return 1;
4388
4389 case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS:
4390 /* Can't use a register if it is used for an input address for this
4391 operand or used as an input in an earlier one. */
4392 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_input_addr[opnum], regno)
4393 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_inpaddr_addr[opnum], regno))
4394 return 0;
4395
4396 for (i = 0; i < opnum; i++)
4397 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_input[i], regno))
4398 return 0;
4399
4400 return 1;
4401
4402 case RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS:
4403 /* Can't use a register if it is used for an input address
4404 for this operand or used as an input in an earlier
4405 one. */
4406 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_inpaddr_addr[opnum], regno))
4407 return 0;
4408
4409 for (i = 0; i < opnum; i++)
4410 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_input[i], regno))
4411 return 0;
4412
4413 return 1;
4414
4415 case RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS:
4416 /* Can't use a register if it is used for an output address for this
4417 operand or used as an output in this or a later operand. Note
4418 that multiple output operands are emitted in reverse order, so
4419 the conflicting ones are those with lower indices. */
4420 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_output_addr[opnum], regno))
4421 return 0;
4422
4423 for (i = 0; i <= opnum; i++)
4424 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_output[i], regno))
4425 return 0;
4426
4427 return 1;
4428
4429 case RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS:
4430 /* Can't use a register if it is used for an output address
4431 for this operand or used as an output in this or a
4432 later operand. Note that multiple output operands are
4433 emitted in reverse order, so the conflicting ones are
4434 those with lower indices. */
4435 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_outaddr_addr[opnum], regno))
4436 return 0;
4437
4438 for (i = 0; i <= opnum; i++)
4439 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_output[i], regno))
4440 return 0;
4441
4442 return 1;
4443
4444 case RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS:
4445 for (i = 0; i < reload_n_operands; i++)
4446 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_input[i], regno))
4447 return 0;
4448
4449 return (! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_insn, regno)
4450 && ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_op_addr, regno));
4451
4452 case RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR:
4453 for (i = 0; i < reload_n_operands; i++)
4454 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_input[i], regno))
4455 return 0;
4456
4457 return (!TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_op_addr_reload, regno));
4458
4459 case RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT:
4460 /* This cannot share a register with RELOAD_FOR_INSN reloads, other
4461 outputs, or an operand address for this or an earlier output.
4462 Note that multiple output operands are emitted in reverse order,
4463 so the conflicting ones are those with higher indices. */
4464 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_insn, regno))
4465 return 0;
4466
4467 for (i = 0; i < reload_n_operands; i++)
4468 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_output[i], regno))
4469 return 0;
4470
4471 for (i = opnum; i < reload_n_operands; i++)
4472 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_output_addr[i], regno)
4473 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_outaddr_addr[i], regno))
4474 return 0;
4475
4476 return 1;
4477
4478 case RELOAD_FOR_INSN:
4479 for (i = 0; i < reload_n_operands; i++)
4480 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_input[i], regno)
4481 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_output[i], regno))
4482 return 0;
4483
4484 return (! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_insn, regno)
4485 && ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_op_addr, regno));
4486
4487 case RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS:
4488 return ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_other_addr, regno);
4489
4490 default:
4491 gcc_unreachable ();
4492 }
4493 }
4494
4495 /* Return 1 if the value in reload reg REGNO, as used by a reload
4496 needed for the part of the insn specified by OPNUM and TYPE,
4497 is still available in REGNO at the end of the insn.
4498
4499 We can assume that the reload reg was already tested for availability
4500 at the time it is needed, and we should not check this again,
4501 in case the reg has already been marked in use. */
4502
4503 static int
4504 reload_reg_reaches_end_p (unsigned int regno, int opnum, enum reload_type type)
4505 {
4506 int i;
4507
4508 switch (type)
4509 {
4510 case RELOAD_OTHER:
4511 /* Since a RELOAD_OTHER reload claims the reg for the entire insn,
4512 its value must reach the end. */
4513 return 1;
4514
4515 /* If this use is for part of the insn,
4516 its value reaches if no subsequent part uses the same register.
4517 Just like the above function, don't try to do this with lots
4518 of fallthroughs. */
4519
4520 case RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS:
4521 /* Here we check for everything else, since these don't conflict
4522 with anything else and everything comes later. */
4523
4524 for (i = 0; i < reload_n_operands; i++)
4525 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_output_addr[i], regno)
4526 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_outaddr_addr[i], regno)
4527 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_output[i], regno)
4528 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_input_addr[i], regno)
4529 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_inpaddr_addr[i], regno)
4530 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_input[i], regno))
4531 return 0;
4532
4533 return (! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_op_addr, regno)
4534 && ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_op_addr_reload, regno)
4535 && ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_insn, regno)
4536 && ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used, regno));
4537
4538 case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS:
4539 case RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS:
4540 /* Similar, except that we check only for this and subsequent inputs
4541 and the address of only subsequent inputs and we do not need
4542 to check for RELOAD_OTHER objects since they are known not to
4543 conflict. */
4544
4545 for (i = opnum; i < reload_n_operands; i++)
4546 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_input[i], regno))
4547 return 0;
4548
4549 for (i = opnum + 1; i < reload_n_operands; i++)
4550 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_input_addr[i], regno)
4551 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_inpaddr_addr[i], regno))
4552 return 0;
4553
4554 for (i = 0; i < reload_n_operands; i++)
4555 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_output_addr[i], regno)
4556 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_outaddr_addr[i], regno)
4557 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_output[i], regno))
4558 return 0;
4559
4560 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_op_addr_reload, regno))
4561 return 0;
4562
4563 return (!TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_op_addr, regno)
4564 && !TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_insn, regno)
4565 && !TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used, regno));
4566
4567 case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT:
4568 /* Similar to input address, except we start at the next operand for
4569 both input and input address and we do not check for
4570 RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS and RELOAD_FOR_INSN since these
4571 would conflict. */
4572
4573 for (i = opnum + 1; i < reload_n_operands; i++)
4574 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_input_addr[i], regno)
4575 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_inpaddr_addr[i], regno)
4576 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_input[i], regno))
4577 return 0;
4578
4579 /* ... fall through ... */
4580
4581 case RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS:
4582 /* Check outputs and their addresses. */
4583
4584 for (i = 0; i < reload_n_operands; i++)
4585 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_output_addr[i], regno)
4586 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_outaddr_addr[i], regno)
4587 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_output[i], regno))
4588 return 0;
4589
4590 return (!TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used, regno));
4591
4592 case RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR:
4593 for (i = 0; i < reload_n_operands; i++)
4594 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_output_addr[i], regno)
4595 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_outaddr_addr[i], regno)
4596 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_output[i], regno))
4597 return 0;
4598
4599 return (!TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_op_addr, regno)
4600 && !TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_insn, regno)
4601 && !TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used, regno));
4602
4603 case RELOAD_FOR_INSN:
4604 /* These conflict with other outputs with RELOAD_OTHER. So
4605 we need only check for output addresses. */
4606
4607 opnum = reload_n_operands;
4608
4609 /* ... fall through ... */
4610
4611 case RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT:
4612 case RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS:
4613 case RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS:
4614 /* We already know these can't conflict with a later output. So the
4615 only thing to check are later output addresses.
4616 Note that multiple output operands are emitted in reverse order,
4617 so the conflicting ones are those with lower indices. */
4618 for (i = 0; i < opnum; i++)
4619 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_output_addr[i], regno)
4620 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_outaddr_addr[i], regno))
4621 return 0;
4622
4623 return 1;
4624
4625 default:
4626 gcc_unreachable ();
4627 }
4628 }
4629 \f
4630 /* Return 1 if the reloads denoted by R1 and R2 cannot share a register.
4631 Return 0 otherwise.
4632
4633 This function uses the same algorithm as reload_reg_free_p above. */
4634
4635 static int
4636 reloads_conflict (int r1, int r2)
4637 {
4638 enum reload_type r1_type = rld[r1].when_needed;
4639 enum reload_type r2_type = rld[r2].when_needed;
4640 int r1_opnum = rld[r1].opnum;
4641 int r2_opnum = rld[r2].opnum;
4642
4643 /* RELOAD_OTHER conflicts with everything. */
4644 if (r2_type == RELOAD_OTHER)
4645 return 1;
4646
4647 /* Otherwise, check conflicts differently for each type. */
4648
4649 switch (r1_type)
4650 {
4651 case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT:
4652 return (r2_type == RELOAD_FOR_INSN
4653 || r2_type == RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS
4654 || r2_type == RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR
4655 || r2_type == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT
4656 || ((r2_type == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS
4657 || r2_type == RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS)
4658 && r2_opnum > r1_opnum));
4659
4660 case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS:
4661 return ((r2_type == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS && r1_opnum == r2_opnum)
4662 || (r2_type == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT && r2_opnum < r1_opnum));
4663
4664 case RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS:
4665 return ((r2_type == RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS && r1_opnum == r2_opnum)
4666 || (r2_type == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT && r2_opnum < r1_opnum));
4667
4668 case RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS:
4669 return ((r2_type == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS && r2_opnum == r1_opnum)
4670 || (r2_type == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT && r2_opnum <= r1_opnum));
4671
4672 case RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS:
4673 return ((r2_type == RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS && r2_opnum == r1_opnum)
4674 || (r2_type == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT && r2_opnum <= r1_opnum));
4675
4676 case RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS:
4677 return (r2_type == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT || r2_type == RELOAD_FOR_INSN
4678 || r2_type == RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS);
4679
4680 case RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR:
4681 return (r2_type == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT
4682 || r2_type == RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR);
4683
4684 case RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT:
4685 return (r2_type == RELOAD_FOR_INSN || r2_type == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT
4686 || ((r2_type == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS
4687 || r2_type == RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS)
4688 && r2_opnum >= r1_opnum));
4689
4690 case RELOAD_FOR_INSN:
4691 return (r2_type == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT || r2_type == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT
4692 || r2_type == RELOAD_FOR_INSN
4693 || r2_type == RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS);
4694
4695 case RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS:
4696 return r2_type == RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS;
4697
4698 case RELOAD_OTHER:
4699 return 1;
4700
4701 default:
4702 gcc_unreachable ();
4703 }
4704 }
4705 \f
4706 /* Indexed by reload number, 1 if incoming value
4707 inherited from previous insns. */
4708 static char reload_inherited[MAX_RELOADS];
4709
4710 /* For an inherited reload, this is the insn the reload was inherited from,
4711 if we know it. Otherwise, this is 0. */
4712 static rtx reload_inheritance_insn[MAX_RELOADS];
4713
4714 /* If nonzero, this is a place to get the value of the reload,
4715 rather than using reload_in. */
4716 static rtx reload_override_in[MAX_RELOADS];
4717
4718 /* For each reload, the hard register number of the register used,
4719 or -1 if we did not need a register for this reload. */
4720 static int reload_spill_index[MAX_RELOADS];
4721
4722 /* Subroutine of free_for_value_p, used to check a single register.
4723 START_REGNO is the starting regno of the full reload register
4724 (possibly comprising multiple hard registers) that we are considering. */
4725
4726 static int
4727 reload_reg_free_for_value_p (int start_regno, int regno, int opnum,
4728 enum reload_type type, rtx value, rtx out,
4729 int reloadnum, int ignore_address_reloads)
4730 {
4731 int time1;
4732 /* Set if we see an input reload that must not share its reload register
4733 with any new earlyclobber, but might otherwise share the reload
4734 register with an output or input-output reload. */
4735 int check_earlyclobber = 0;
4736 int i;
4737 int copy = 0;
4738
4739 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_unavailable, regno))
4740 return 0;
4741
4742 if (out == const0_rtx)
4743 {
4744 copy = 1;
4745 out = NULL_RTX;
4746 }
4747
4748 /* We use some pseudo 'time' value to check if the lifetimes of the
4749 new register use would overlap with the one of a previous reload
4750 that is not read-only or uses a different value.
4751 The 'time' used doesn't have to be linear in any shape or form, just
4752 monotonic.
4753 Some reload types use different 'buckets' for each operand.
4754 So there are MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS different time values for each
4755 such reload type.
4756 We compute TIME1 as the time when the register for the prospective
4757 new reload ceases to be live, and TIME2 for each existing
4758 reload as the time when that the reload register of that reload
4759 becomes live.
4760 Where there is little to be gained by exact lifetime calculations,
4761 we just make conservative assumptions, i.e. a longer lifetime;
4762 this is done in the 'default:' cases. */
4763 switch (type)
4764 {
4765 case RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS:
4766 /* RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS conflicts with RELOAD_OTHER reloads. */
4767 time1 = copy ? 0 : 1;
4768 break;
4769 case RELOAD_OTHER:
4770 time1 = copy ? 1 : MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS * 5 + 5;
4771 break;
4772 /* For each input, we may have a sequence of RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS,
4773 RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS and RELOAD_FOR_INPUT. By adding 0 / 1 / 2 ,
4774 respectively, to the time values for these, we get distinct time
4775 values. To get distinct time values for each operand, we have to
4776 multiply opnum by at least three. We round that up to four because
4777 multiply by four is often cheaper. */
4778 case RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS:
4779 time1 = opnum * 4 + 2;
4780 break;
4781 case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS:
4782 time1 = opnum * 4 + 3;
4783 break;
4784 case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT:
4785 /* All RELOAD_FOR_INPUT reloads remain live till the instruction
4786 executes (inclusive). */
4787 time1 = copy ? opnum * 4 + 4 : MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS * 4 + 3;
4788 break;
4789 case RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR:
4790 /* opnum * 4 + 4
4791 <= (MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS - 1) * 4 + 4 == MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS * 4 */
4792 time1 = MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS * 4 + 1;
4793 break;
4794 case RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS:
4795 /* RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS reloads are live even while the insn
4796 is executed. */
4797 time1 = copy ? MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS * 4 + 2 : MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS * 4 + 3;
4798 break;
4799 case RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS:
4800 time1 = MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS * 4 + 4 + opnum;
4801 break;
4802 case RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS:
4803 time1 = MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS * 4 + 5 + opnum;
4804 break;
4805 default:
4806 time1 = MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS * 5 + 5;
4807 }
4808
4809 for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++)
4810 {
4811 rtx reg = rld[i].reg_rtx;
4812 if (reg && REG_P (reg)
4813 && ((unsigned) regno - true_regnum (reg)
4814 <= hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (reg)][GET_MODE (reg)] - (unsigned) 1)
4815 && i != reloadnum)
4816 {
4817 rtx other_input = rld[i].in;
4818
4819 /* If the other reload loads the same input value, that
4820 will not cause a conflict only if it's loading it into
4821 the same register. */
4822 if (true_regnum (reg) != start_regno)
4823 other_input = NULL_RTX;
4824 if (! other_input || ! rtx_equal_p (other_input, value)
4825 || rld[i].out || out)
4826 {
4827 int time2;
4828 switch (rld[i].when_needed)
4829 {
4830 case RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS:
4831 time2 = 0;
4832 break;
4833 case RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS:
4834 /* find_reloads makes sure that a
4835 RELOAD_FOR_{INP,OP,OUT}ADDR_ADDRESS reload is only used
4836 by at most one - the first -
4837 RELOAD_FOR_{INPUT,OPERAND,OUTPUT}_ADDRESS . If the
4838 address reload is inherited, the address address reload
4839 goes away, so we can ignore this conflict. */
4840 if (type == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS && reloadnum == i + 1
4841 && ignore_address_reloads
4842 /* Unless the RELOAD_FOR_INPUT is an auto_inc expression.
4843 Then the address address is still needed to store
4844 back the new address. */
4845 && ! rld[reloadnum].out)
4846 continue;
4847 /* Likewise, if a RELOAD_FOR_INPUT can inherit a value, its
4848 RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS / RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS
4849 reloads go away. */
4850 if (type == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT && opnum == rld[i].opnum
4851 && ignore_address_reloads
4852 /* Unless we are reloading an auto_inc expression. */
4853 && ! rld[reloadnum].out)
4854 continue;
4855 time2 = rld[i].opnum * 4 + 2;
4856 break;
4857 case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS:
4858 if (type == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT && opnum == rld[i].opnum
4859 && ignore_address_reloads
4860 && ! rld[reloadnum].out)
4861 continue;
4862 time2 = rld[i].opnum * 4 + 3;
4863 break;
4864 case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT:
4865 time2 = rld[i].opnum * 4 + 4;
4866 check_earlyclobber = 1;
4867 break;
4868 /* rld[i].opnum * 4 + 4 <= (MAX_RECOG_OPERAND - 1) * 4 + 4
4869 == MAX_RECOG_OPERAND * 4 */
4870 case RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR:
4871 if (type == RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS && reloadnum == i + 1
4872 && ignore_address_reloads
4873 && ! rld[reloadnum].out)
4874 continue;
4875 time2 = MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS * 4 + 1;
4876 break;
4877 case RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS:
4878 time2 = MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS * 4 + 2;
4879 check_earlyclobber = 1;
4880 break;
4881 case RELOAD_FOR_INSN:
4882 time2 = MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS * 4 + 3;
4883 break;
4884 case RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT:
4885 /* All RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT reloads become live just after the
4886 instruction is executed. */
4887 time2 = MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS * 4 + 4;
4888 break;
4889 /* The first RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS reload conflicts with
4890 the RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT reloads, so assign it the same time
4891 value. */
4892 case RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS:
4893 if (type == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS && reloadnum == i + 1
4894 && ignore_address_reloads
4895 && ! rld[reloadnum].out)
4896 continue;
4897 time2 = MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS * 4 + 4 + rld[i].opnum;
4898 break;
4899 case RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS:
4900 time2 = MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS * 4 + 5 + rld[i].opnum;
4901 break;
4902 case RELOAD_OTHER:
4903 /* If there is no conflict in the input part, handle this
4904 like an output reload. */
4905 if (! rld[i].in || rtx_equal_p (other_input, value))
4906 {
4907 time2 = MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS * 4 + 4;
4908 /* Earlyclobbered outputs must conflict with inputs. */
4909 if (earlyclobber_operand_p (rld[i].out))
4910 time2 = MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS * 4 + 3;
4911
4912 break;
4913 }
4914 time2 = 1;
4915 /* RELOAD_OTHER might be live beyond instruction execution,
4916 but this is not obvious when we set time2 = 1. So check
4917 here if there might be a problem with the new reload
4918 clobbering the register used by the RELOAD_OTHER. */
4919 if (out)
4920 return 0;
4921 break;
4922 default:
4923 return 0;
4924 }
4925 if ((time1 >= time2
4926 && (! rld[i].in || rld[i].out
4927 || ! rtx_equal_p (other_input, value)))
4928 || (out && rld[reloadnum].out_reg
4929 && time2 >= MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS * 4 + 3))
4930 return 0;
4931 }
4932 }
4933 }
4934
4935 /* Earlyclobbered outputs must conflict with inputs. */
4936 if (check_earlyclobber && out && earlyclobber_operand_p (out))
4937 return 0;
4938
4939 return 1;
4940 }
4941
4942 /* Return 1 if the value in reload reg REGNO, as used by a reload
4943 needed for the part of the insn specified by OPNUM and TYPE,
4944 may be used to load VALUE into it.
4945
4946 MODE is the mode in which the register is used, this is needed to
4947 determine how many hard regs to test.
4948
4949 Other read-only reloads with the same value do not conflict
4950 unless OUT is nonzero and these other reloads have to live while
4951 output reloads live.
4952 If OUT is CONST0_RTX, this is a special case: it means that the
4953 test should not be for using register REGNO as reload register, but
4954 for copying from register REGNO into the reload register.
4955
4956 RELOADNUM is the number of the reload we want to load this value for;
4957 a reload does not conflict with itself.
4958
4959 When IGNORE_ADDRESS_RELOADS is set, we can not have conflicts with
4960 reloads that load an address for the very reload we are considering.
4961
4962 The caller has to make sure that there is no conflict with the return
4963 register. */
4964
4965 static int
4966 free_for_value_p (int regno, enum machine_mode mode, int opnum,
4967 enum reload_type type, rtx value, rtx out, int reloadnum,
4968 int ignore_address_reloads)
4969 {
4970 int nregs = hard_regno_nregs[regno][mode];
4971 while (nregs-- > 0)
4972 if (! reload_reg_free_for_value_p (regno, regno + nregs, opnum, type,
4973 value, out, reloadnum,
4974 ignore_address_reloads))
4975 return 0;
4976 return 1;
4977 }
4978
4979 /* Return nonzero if the rtx X is invariant over the current function. */
4980 /* ??? Actually, the places where we use this expect exactly what is
4981 tested here, and not everything that is function invariant. In
4982 particular, the frame pointer and arg pointer are special cased;
4983 pic_offset_table_rtx is not, and we must not spill these things to
4984 memory. */
4985
4986 int
4987 function_invariant_p (rtx x)
4988 {
4989 if (CONSTANT_P (x))
4990 return 1;
4991 if (x == frame_pointer_rtx || x == arg_pointer_rtx)
4992 return 1;
4993 if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS
4994 && (XEXP (x, 0) == frame_pointer_rtx || XEXP (x, 0) == arg_pointer_rtx)
4995 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (x, 1)))
4996 return 1;
4997 return 0;
4998 }
4999
5000 /* Determine whether the reload reg X overlaps any rtx'es used for
5001 overriding inheritance. Return nonzero if so. */
5002
5003 static int
5004 conflicts_with_override (rtx x)
5005 {
5006 int i;
5007 for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++)
5008 if (reload_override_in[i]
5009 && reg_overlap_mentioned_p (x, reload_override_in[i]))
5010 return 1;
5011 return 0;
5012 }
5013 \f
5014 /* Give an error message saying we failed to find a reload for INSN,
5015 and clear out reload R. */
5016 static void
5017 failed_reload (rtx insn, int r)
5018 {
5019 if (asm_noperands (PATTERN (insn)) < 0)
5020 /* It's the compiler's fault. */
5021 fatal_insn ("could not find a spill register", insn);
5022
5023 /* It's the user's fault; the operand's mode and constraint
5024 don't match. Disable this reload so we don't crash in final. */
5025 error_for_asm (insn,
5026 "%<asm%> operand constraint incompatible with operand size");
5027 rld[r].in = 0;
5028 rld[r].out = 0;
5029 rld[r].reg_rtx = 0;
5030 rld[r].optional = 1;
5031 rld[r].secondary_p = 1;
5032 }
5033
5034 /* I is the index in SPILL_REG_RTX of the reload register we are to allocate
5035 for reload R. If it's valid, get an rtx for it. Return nonzero if
5036 successful. */
5037 static int
5038 set_reload_reg (int i, int r)
5039 {
5040 int regno;
5041 rtx reg = spill_reg_rtx[i];
5042
5043 if (reg == 0 || GET_MODE (reg) != rld[r].mode)
5044 spill_reg_rtx[i] = reg
5045 = gen_rtx_REG (rld[r].mode, spill_regs[i]);
5046
5047 regno = true_regnum (reg);
5048
5049 /* Detect when the reload reg can't hold the reload mode.
5050 This used to be one `if', but Sequent compiler can't handle that. */
5051 if (HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno, rld[r].mode))
5052 {
5053 enum machine_mode test_mode = VOIDmode;
5054 if (rld[r].in)
5055 test_mode = GET_MODE (rld[r].in);
5056 /* If rld[r].in has VOIDmode, it means we will load it
5057 in whatever mode the reload reg has: to wit, rld[r].mode.
5058 We have already tested that for validity. */
5059 /* Aside from that, we need to test that the expressions
5060 to reload from or into have modes which are valid for this
5061 reload register. Otherwise the reload insns would be invalid. */
5062 if (! (rld[r].in != 0 && test_mode != VOIDmode
5063 && ! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno, test_mode)))
5064 if (! (rld[r].out != 0
5065 && ! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno, GET_MODE (rld[r].out))))
5066 {
5067 /* The reg is OK. */
5068 last_spill_reg = i;
5069
5070 /* Mark as in use for this insn the reload regs we use
5071 for this. */
5072 mark_reload_reg_in_use (spill_regs[i], rld[r].opnum,
5073 rld[r].when_needed, rld[r].mode);
5074
5075 rld[r].reg_rtx = reg;
5076 reload_spill_index[r] = spill_regs[i];
5077 return 1;
5078 }
5079 }
5080 return 0;
5081 }
5082
5083 /* Find a spill register to use as a reload register for reload R.
5084 LAST_RELOAD is nonzero if this is the last reload for the insn being
5085 processed.
5086
5087 Set rld[R].reg_rtx to the register allocated.
5088
5089 We return 1 if successful, or 0 if we couldn't find a spill reg and
5090 we didn't change anything. */
5091
5092 static int
5093 allocate_reload_reg (struct insn_chain *chain ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, int r,
5094 int last_reload)
5095 {
5096 int i, pass, count;
5097
5098 /* If we put this reload ahead, thinking it is a group,
5099 then insist on finding a group. Otherwise we can grab a
5100 reg that some other reload needs.
5101 (That can happen when we have a 68000 DATA_OR_FP_REG
5102 which is a group of data regs or one fp reg.)
5103 We need not be so restrictive if there are no more reloads
5104 for this insn.
5105
5106 ??? Really it would be nicer to have smarter handling
5107 for that kind of reg class, where a problem like this is normal.
5108 Perhaps those classes should be avoided for reloading
5109 by use of more alternatives. */
5110
5111 int force_group = rld[r].nregs > 1 && ! last_reload;
5112
5113 /* If we want a single register and haven't yet found one,
5114 take any reg in the right class and not in use.
5115 If we want a consecutive group, here is where we look for it.
5116
5117 We use two passes so we can first look for reload regs to
5118 reuse, which are already in use for other reloads in this insn,
5119 and only then use additional registers.
5120 I think that maximizing reuse is needed to make sure we don't
5121 run out of reload regs. Suppose we have three reloads, and
5122 reloads A and B can share regs. These need two regs.
5123 Suppose A and B are given different regs.
5124 That leaves none for C. */
5125 for (pass = 0; pass < 2; pass++)
5126 {
5127 /* I is the index in spill_regs.
5128 We advance it round-robin between insns to use all spill regs
5129 equally, so that inherited reloads have a chance
5130 of leapfrogging each other. */
5131
5132 i = last_spill_reg;
5133
5134 for (count = 0; count < n_spills; count++)
5135 {
5136 int class = (int) rld[r].class;
5137 int regnum;
5138
5139 i++;
5140 if (i >= n_spills)
5141 i -= n_spills;
5142 regnum = spill_regs[i];
5143
5144 if ((reload_reg_free_p (regnum, rld[r].opnum,
5145 rld[r].when_needed)
5146 || (rld[r].in
5147 /* We check reload_reg_used to make sure we
5148 don't clobber the return register. */
5149 && ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used, regnum)
5150 && free_for_value_p (regnum, rld[r].mode, rld[r].opnum,
5151 rld[r].when_needed, rld[r].in,
5152 rld[r].out, r, 1)))
5153 && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[class], regnum)
5154 && HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regnum, rld[r].mode)
5155 /* Look first for regs to share, then for unshared. But
5156 don't share regs used for inherited reloads; they are
5157 the ones we want to preserve. */
5158 && (pass
5159 || (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_at_all,
5160 regnum)
5161 && ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_for_inherit,
5162 regnum))))
5163 {
5164 int nr = hard_regno_nregs[regnum][rld[r].mode];
5165 /* Avoid the problem where spilling a GENERAL_OR_FP_REG
5166 (on 68000) got us two FP regs. If NR is 1,
5167 we would reject both of them. */
5168 if (force_group)
5169 nr = rld[r].nregs;
5170 /* If we need only one reg, we have already won. */
5171 if (nr == 1)
5172 {
5173 /* But reject a single reg if we demand a group. */
5174 if (force_group)
5175 continue;
5176 break;
5177 }
5178 /* Otherwise check that as many consecutive regs as we need
5179 are available here. */
5180 while (nr > 1)
5181 {
5182 int regno = regnum + nr - 1;
5183 if (!(TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[class], regno)
5184 && spill_reg_order[regno] >= 0
5185 && reload_reg_free_p (regno, rld[r].opnum,
5186 rld[r].when_needed)))
5187 break;
5188 nr--;
5189 }
5190 if (nr == 1)
5191 break;
5192 }
5193 }
5194
5195 /* If we found something on pass 1, omit pass 2. */
5196 if (count < n_spills)
5197 break;
5198 }
5199
5200 /* We should have found a spill register by now. */
5201 if (count >= n_spills)
5202 return 0;
5203
5204 /* I is the index in SPILL_REG_RTX of the reload register we are to
5205 allocate. Get an rtx for it and find its register number. */
5206
5207 return set_reload_reg (i, r);
5208 }
5209 \f
5210 /* Initialize all the tables needed to allocate reload registers.
5211 CHAIN is the insn currently being processed; SAVE_RELOAD_REG_RTX
5212 is the array we use to restore the reg_rtx field for every reload. */
5213
5214 static void
5215 choose_reload_regs_init (struct insn_chain *chain, rtx *save_reload_reg_rtx)
5216 {
5217 int i;
5218
5219 for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++)
5220 rld[i].reg_rtx = save_reload_reg_rtx[i];
5221
5222 memset (reload_inherited, 0, MAX_RELOADS);
5223 memset (reload_inheritance_insn, 0, MAX_RELOADS * sizeof (rtx));
5224 memset (reload_override_in, 0, MAX_RELOADS * sizeof (rtx));
5225
5226 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (reload_reg_used);
5227 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (reload_reg_used_at_all);
5228 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (reload_reg_used_in_op_addr);
5229 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (reload_reg_used_in_op_addr_reload);
5230 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (reload_reg_used_in_insn);
5231 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (reload_reg_used_in_other_addr);
5232
5233 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (reg_used_in_insn);
5234 {
5235 HARD_REG_SET tmp;
5236 REG_SET_TO_HARD_REG_SET (tmp, &chain->live_throughout);
5237 IOR_HARD_REG_SET (reg_used_in_insn, tmp);
5238 REG_SET_TO_HARD_REG_SET (tmp, &chain->dead_or_set);
5239 IOR_HARD_REG_SET (reg_used_in_insn, tmp);
5240 compute_use_by_pseudos (&reg_used_in_insn, &chain->live_throughout);
5241 compute_use_by_pseudos (&reg_used_in_insn, &chain->dead_or_set);
5242 }
5243
5244 for (i = 0; i < reload_n_operands; i++)
5245 {
5246 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (reload_reg_used_in_output[i]);
5247 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (reload_reg_used_in_input[i]);
5248 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (reload_reg_used_in_input_addr[i]);
5249 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (reload_reg_used_in_inpaddr_addr[i]);
5250 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (reload_reg_used_in_output_addr[i]);
5251 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (reload_reg_used_in_outaddr_addr[i]);
5252 }
5253
5254 COMPL_HARD_REG_SET (reload_reg_unavailable, chain->used_spill_regs);
5255
5256 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (reload_reg_used_for_inherit);
5257
5258 for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++)
5259 /* If we have already decided to use a certain register,
5260 don't use it in another way. */
5261 if (rld[i].reg_rtx)
5262 mark_reload_reg_in_use (REGNO (rld[i].reg_rtx), rld[i].opnum,
5263 rld[i].when_needed, rld[i].mode);
5264 }
5265
5266 /* Assign hard reg targets for the pseudo-registers we must reload
5267 into hard regs for this insn.
5268 Also output the instructions to copy them in and out of the hard regs.
5269
5270 For machines with register classes, we are responsible for
5271 finding a reload reg in the proper class. */
5272
5273 static void
5274 choose_reload_regs (struct insn_chain *chain)
5275 {
5276 rtx insn = chain->insn;
5277 int i, j;
5278 unsigned int max_group_size = 1;
5279 enum reg_class group_class = NO_REGS;
5280 int pass, win, inheritance;
5281
5282 rtx save_reload_reg_rtx[MAX_RELOADS];
5283
5284 /* In order to be certain of getting the registers we need,
5285 we must sort the reloads into order of increasing register class.
5286 Then our grabbing of reload registers will parallel the process
5287 that provided the reload registers.
5288
5289 Also note whether any of the reloads wants a consecutive group of regs.
5290 If so, record the maximum size of the group desired and what
5291 register class contains all the groups needed by this insn. */
5292
5293 for (j = 0; j < n_reloads; j++)
5294 {
5295 reload_order[j] = j;
5296 reload_spill_index[j] = -1;
5297
5298 if (rld[j].nregs > 1)
5299 {
5300 max_group_size = MAX (rld[j].nregs, max_group_size);
5301 group_class
5302 = reg_class_superunion[(int) rld[j].class][(int) group_class];
5303 }
5304
5305 save_reload_reg_rtx[j] = rld[j].reg_rtx;
5306 }
5307
5308 if (n_reloads > 1)
5309 qsort (reload_order, n_reloads, sizeof (short), reload_reg_class_lower);
5310
5311 /* If -O, try first with inheritance, then turning it off.
5312 If not -O, don't do inheritance.
5313 Using inheritance when not optimizing leads to paradoxes
5314 with fp on the 68k: fp numbers (not NaNs) fail to be equal to themselves
5315 because one side of the comparison might be inherited. */
5316 win = 0;
5317 for (inheritance = optimize > 0; inheritance >= 0; inheritance--)
5318 {
5319 choose_reload_regs_init (chain, save_reload_reg_rtx);
5320
5321 /* Process the reloads in order of preference just found.
5322 Beyond this point, subregs can be found in reload_reg_rtx.
5323
5324 This used to look for an existing reloaded home for all of the
5325 reloads, and only then perform any new reloads. But that could lose
5326 if the reloads were done out of reg-class order because a later
5327 reload with a looser constraint might have an old home in a register
5328 needed by an earlier reload with a tighter constraint.
5329
5330 To solve this, we make two passes over the reloads, in the order
5331 described above. In the first pass we try to inherit a reload
5332 from a previous insn. If there is a later reload that needs a
5333 class that is a proper subset of the class being processed, we must
5334 also allocate a spill register during the first pass.
5335
5336 Then make a second pass over the reloads to allocate any reloads
5337 that haven't been given registers yet. */
5338
5339 for (j = 0; j < n_reloads; j++)
5340 {
5341 int r = reload_order[j];
5342 rtx search_equiv = NULL_RTX;
5343
5344 /* Ignore reloads that got marked inoperative. */
5345 if (rld[r].out == 0 && rld[r].in == 0
5346 && ! rld[r].secondary_p)
5347 continue;
5348
5349 /* If find_reloads chose to use reload_in or reload_out as a reload
5350 register, we don't need to chose one. Otherwise, try even if it
5351 found one since we might save an insn if we find the value lying
5352 around.
5353 Try also when reload_in is a pseudo without a hard reg. */
5354 if (rld[r].in != 0 && rld[r].reg_rtx != 0
5355 && (rtx_equal_p (rld[r].in, rld[r].reg_rtx)
5356 || (rtx_equal_p (rld[r].out, rld[r].reg_rtx)
5357 && !MEM_P (rld[r].in)
5358 && true_regnum (rld[r].in) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)))
5359 continue;
5360
5361 #if 0 /* No longer needed for correct operation.
5362 It might give better code, or might not; worth an experiment? */
5363 /* If this is an optional reload, we can't inherit from earlier insns
5364 until we are sure that any non-optional reloads have been allocated.
5365 The following code takes advantage of the fact that optional reloads
5366 are at the end of reload_order. */
5367 if (rld[r].optional != 0)
5368 for (i = 0; i < j; i++)
5369 if ((rld[reload_order[i]].out != 0
5370 || rld[reload_order[i]].in != 0
5371 || rld[reload_order[i]].secondary_p)
5372 && ! rld[reload_order[i]].optional
5373 && rld[reload_order[i]].reg_rtx == 0)
5374 allocate_reload_reg (chain, reload_order[i], 0);
5375 #endif
5376
5377 /* First see if this pseudo is already available as reloaded
5378 for a previous insn. We cannot try to inherit for reloads
5379 that are smaller than the maximum number of registers needed
5380 for groups unless the register we would allocate cannot be used
5381 for the groups.
5382
5383 We could check here to see if this is a secondary reload for
5384 an object that is already in a register of the desired class.
5385 This would avoid the need for the secondary reload register.
5386 But this is complex because we can't easily determine what
5387 objects might want to be loaded via this reload. So let a
5388 register be allocated here. In `emit_reload_insns' we suppress
5389 one of the loads in the case described above. */
5390
5391 if (inheritance)
5392 {
5393 int byte = 0;
5394 int regno = -1;
5395 enum machine_mode mode = VOIDmode;
5396
5397 if (rld[r].in == 0)
5398 ;
5399 else if (REG_P (rld[r].in))
5400 {
5401 regno = REGNO (rld[r].in);
5402 mode = GET_MODE (rld[r].in);
5403 }
5404 else if (REG_P (rld[r].in_reg))
5405 {
5406 regno = REGNO (rld[r].in_reg);
5407 mode = GET_MODE (rld[r].in_reg);
5408 }
5409 else if (GET_CODE (rld[r].in_reg) == SUBREG
5410 && REG_P (SUBREG_REG (rld[r].in_reg)))
5411 {
5412 byte = SUBREG_BYTE (rld[r].in_reg);
5413 regno = REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rld[r].in_reg));
5414 if (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
5415 regno = subreg_regno (rld[r].in_reg);
5416 mode = GET_MODE (rld[r].in_reg);
5417 }
5418 #ifdef AUTO_INC_DEC
5419 else if ((GET_CODE (rld[r].in_reg) == PRE_INC
5420 || GET_CODE (rld[r].in_reg) == PRE_DEC
5421 || GET_CODE (rld[r].in_reg) == POST_INC
5422 || GET_CODE (rld[r].in_reg) == POST_DEC)
5423 && REG_P (XEXP (rld[r].in_reg, 0)))
5424 {
5425 regno = REGNO (XEXP (rld[r].in_reg, 0));
5426 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rld[r].in_reg, 0));
5427 rld[r].out = rld[r].in;
5428 }
5429 #endif
5430 #if 0
5431 /* This won't work, since REGNO can be a pseudo reg number.
5432 Also, it takes much more hair to keep track of all the things
5433 that can invalidate an inherited reload of part of a pseudoreg. */
5434 else if (GET_CODE (rld[r].in) == SUBREG
5435 && REG_P (SUBREG_REG (rld[r].in)))
5436 regno = subreg_regno (rld[r].in);
5437 #endif
5438
5439 if (regno >= 0 && reg_last_reload_reg[regno] != 0)
5440 {
5441 enum reg_class class = rld[r].class, last_class;
5442 rtx last_reg = reg_last_reload_reg[regno];
5443 enum machine_mode need_mode;
5444
5445 i = REGNO (last_reg);
5446 i += subreg_regno_offset (i, GET_MODE (last_reg), byte, mode);
5447 last_class = REGNO_REG_CLASS (i);
5448
5449 if (byte == 0)
5450 need_mode = mode;
5451 else
5452 need_mode
5453 = smallest_mode_for_size (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode)
5454 + byte * BITS_PER_UNIT,
5455 GET_MODE_CLASS (mode));
5456
5457 if ((GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (last_reg))
5458 >= GET_MODE_SIZE (need_mode))
5459 #ifdef CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS
5460 /* Verify that the register in "i" can be obtained
5461 from LAST_REG. */
5462 && !REG_CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_P (REGNO (last_reg),
5463 GET_MODE (last_reg),
5464 mode)
5465 #endif
5466 && reg_reloaded_contents[i] == regno
5467 && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_reloaded_valid, i)
5468 && HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (i, rld[r].mode)
5469 && (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) class], i)
5470 /* Even if we can't use this register as a reload
5471 register, we might use it for reload_override_in,
5472 if copying it to the desired class is cheap
5473 enough. */
5474 || ((REGISTER_MOVE_COST (mode, last_class, class)
5475 < MEMORY_MOVE_COST (mode, class, 1))
5476 #ifdef SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS
5477 && (SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (class, mode,
5478 last_reg)
5479 == NO_REGS)
5480 #endif
5481 #ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED
5482 && ! SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED (last_class, class,
5483 mode)
5484 #endif
5485 ))
5486
5487 && (rld[r].nregs == max_group_size
5488 || ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) group_class],
5489 i))
5490 && free_for_value_p (i, rld[r].mode, rld[r].opnum,
5491 rld[r].when_needed, rld[r].in,
5492 const0_rtx, r, 1))
5493 {
5494 /* If a group is needed, verify that all the subsequent
5495 registers still have their values intact. */
5496 int nr = hard_regno_nregs[i][rld[r].mode];
5497 int k;
5498
5499 for (k = 1; k < nr; k++)
5500 if (reg_reloaded_contents[i + k] != regno
5501 || ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_reloaded_valid, i + k))
5502 break;
5503
5504 if (k == nr)
5505 {
5506 int i1;
5507 int bad_for_class;
5508
5509 last_reg = (GET_MODE (last_reg) == mode
5510 ? last_reg : gen_rtx_REG (mode, i));
5511
5512 bad_for_class = 0;
5513 for (k = 0; k < nr; k++)
5514 bad_for_class |= ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) rld[r].class],
5515 i+k);
5516
5517 /* We found a register that contains the
5518 value we need. If this register is the
5519 same as an `earlyclobber' operand of the
5520 current insn, just mark it as a place to
5521 reload from since we can't use it as the
5522 reload register itself. */
5523
5524 for (i1 = 0; i1 < n_earlyclobbers; i1++)
5525 if (reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p
5526 (reg_last_reload_reg[regno],
5527 reload_earlyclobbers[i1]))
5528 break;
5529
5530 if (i1 != n_earlyclobbers
5531 || ! (free_for_value_p (i, rld[r].mode,
5532 rld[r].opnum,
5533 rld[r].when_needed, rld[r].in,
5534 rld[r].out, r, 1))
5535 /* Don't use it if we'd clobber a pseudo reg. */
5536 || (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_used_in_insn, i)
5537 && rld[r].out
5538 && ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_reloaded_dead, i))
5539 /* Don't clobber the frame pointer. */
5540 || (i == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
5541 && frame_pointer_needed
5542 && rld[r].out)
5543 /* Don't really use the inherited spill reg
5544 if we need it wider than we've got it. */
5545 || (GET_MODE_SIZE (rld[r].mode)
5546 > GET_MODE_SIZE (mode))
5547 || bad_for_class
5548
5549 /* If find_reloads chose reload_out as reload
5550 register, stay with it - that leaves the
5551 inherited register for subsequent reloads. */
5552 || (rld[r].out && rld[r].reg_rtx
5553 && rtx_equal_p (rld[r].out, rld[r].reg_rtx)))
5554 {
5555 if (! rld[r].optional)
5556 {
5557 reload_override_in[r] = last_reg;
5558 reload_inheritance_insn[r]
5559 = reg_reloaded_insn[i];
5560 }
5561 }
5562 else
5563 {
5564 int k;
5565 /* We can use this as a reload reg. */
5566 /* Mark the register as in use for this part of
5567 the insn. */
5568 mark_reload_reg_in_use (i,
5569 rld[r].opnum,
5570 rld[r].when_needed,
5571 rld[r].mode);
5572 rld[r].reg_rtx = last_reg;
5573 reload_inherited[r] = 1;
5574 reload_inheritance_insn[r]
5575 = reg_reloaded_insn[i];
5576 reload_spill_index[r] = i;
5577 for (k = 0; k < nr; k++)
5578 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_for_inherit,
5579 i + k);
5580 }
5581 }
5582 }
5583 }
5584 }
5585
5586 /* Here's another way to see if the value is already lying around. */
5587 if (inheritance
5588 && rld[r].in != 0
5589 && ! reload_inherited[r]
5590 && rld[r].out == 0
5591 && (CONSTANT_P (rld[r].in)
5592 || GET_CODE (rld[r].in) == PLUS
5593 || REG_P (rld[r].in)
5594 || MEM_P (rld[r].in))
5595 && (rld[r].nregs == max_group_size
5596 || ! reg_classes_intersect_p (rld[r].class, group_class)))
5597 search_equiv = rld[r].in;
5598 /* If this is an output reload from a simple move insn, look
5599 if an equivalence for the input is available. */
5600 else if (inheritance && rld[r].in == 0 && rld[r].out != 0)
5601 {
5602 rtx set = single_set (insn);
5603
5604 if (set
5605 && rtx_equal_p (rld[r].out, SET_DEST (set))
5606 && CONSTANT_P (SET_SRC (set)))
5607 search_equiv = SET_SRC (set);
5608 }
5609
5610 if (search_equiv)
5611 {
5612 rtx equiv
5613 = find_equiv_reg (search_equiv, insn, rld[r].class,
5614 -1, NULL, 0, rld[r].mode);
5615 int regno = 0;
5616
5617 if (equiv != 0)
5618 {
5619 if (REG_P (equiv))
5620 regno = REGNO (equiv);
5621 else
5622 {
5623 /* This must be a SUBREG of a hard register.
5624 Make a new REG since this might be used in an
5625 address and not all machines support SUBREGs
5626 there. */
5627 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (equiv) == SUBREG);
5628 regno = subreg_regno (equiv);
5629 equiv = gen_rtx_REG (rld[r].mode, regno);
5630 /* If we choose EQUIV as the reload register, but the
5631 loop below decides to cancel the inheritance, we'll
5632 end up reloading EQUIV in rld[r].mode, not the mode
5633 it had originally. That isn't safe when EQUIV isn't
5634 available as a spill register since its value might
5635 still be live at this point. */
5636 for (i = regno; i < regno + (int) rld[r].nregs; i++)
5637 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_unavailable, i))
5638 equiv = 0;
5639 }
5640 }
5641
5642 /* If we found a spill reg, reject it unless it is free
5643 and of the desired class. */
5644 if (equiv != 0)
5645 {
5646 int regs_used = 0;
5647 int bad_for_class = 0;
5648 int max_regno = regno + rld[r].nregs;
5649
5650 for (i = regno; i < max_regno; i++)
5651 {
5652 regs_used |= TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_at_all,
5653 i);
5654 bad_for_class |= ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) rld[r].class],
5655 i);
5656 }
5657
5658 if ((regs_used
5659 && ! free_for_value_p (regno, rld[r].mode,
5660 rld[r].opnum, rld[r].when_needed,
5661 rld[r].in, rld[r].out, r, 1))
5662 || bad_for_class)
5663 equiv = 0;
5664 }
5665
5666 if (equiv != 0 && ! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno, rld[r].mode))
5667 equiv = 0;
5668
5669 /* We found a register that contains the value we need.
5670 If this register is the same as an `earlyclobber' operand
5671 of the current insn, just mark it as a place to reload from
5672 since we can't use it as the reload register itself. */
5673
5674 if (equiv != 0)
5675 for (i = 0; i < n_earlyclobbers; i++)
5676 if (reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (equiv,
5677 reload_earlyclobbers[i]))
5678 {
5679 if (! rld[r].optional)
5680 reload_override_in[r] = equiv;
5681 equiv = 0;
5682 break;
5683 }
5684
5685 /* If the equiv register we have found is explicitly clobbered
5686 in the current insn, it depends on the reload type if we
5687 can use it, use it for reload_override_in, or not at all.
5688 In particular, we then can't use EQUIV for a
5689 RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS reload. */
5690
5691 if (equiv != 0)
5692 {
5693 if (regno_clobbered_p (regno, insn, rld[r].mode, 0))
5694 switch (rld[r].when_needed)
5695 {
5696 case RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS:
5697 case RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS:
5698 case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS:
5699 case RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR:
5700 break;
5701 case RELOAD_OTHER:
5702 case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT:
5703 case RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS:
5704 if (! rld[r].optional)
5705 reload_override_in[r] = equiv;
5706 /* Fall through. */
5707 default:
5708 equiv = 0;
5709 break;
5710 }
5711 else if (regno_clobbered_p (regno, insn, rld[r].mode, 1))
5712 switch (rld[r].when_needed)
5713 {
5714 case RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS:
5715 case RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS:
5716 case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS:
5717 case RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR:
5718 case RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS:
5719 case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT:
5720 break;
5721 case RELOAD_OTHER:
5722 if (! rld[r].optional)
5723 reload_override_in[r] = equiv;
5724 /* Fall through. */
5725 default:
5726 equiv = 0;
5727 break;
5728 }
5729 }
5730
5731 /* If we found an equivalent reg, say no code need be generated
5732 to load it, and use it as our reload reg. */
5733 if (equiv != 0
5734 && (regno != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
5735 || !frame_pointer_needed))
5736 {
5737 int nr = hard_regno_nregs[regno][rld[r].mode];
5738 int k;
5739 rld[r].reg_rtx = equiv;
5740 reload_inherited[r] = 1;
5741
5742 /* If reg_reloaded_valid is not set for this register,
5743 there might be a stale spill_reg_store lying around.
5744 We must clear it, since otherwise emit_reload_insns
5745 might delete the store. */
5746 if (! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_reloaded_valid, regno))
5747 spill_reg_store[regno] = NULL_RTX;
5748 /* If any of the hard registers in EQUIV are spill
5749 registers, mark them as in use for this insn. */
5750 for (k = 0; k < nr; k++)
5751 {
5752 i = spill_reg_order[regno + k];
5753 if (i >= 0)
5754 {
5755 mark_reload_reg_in_use (regno, rld[r].opnum,
5756 rld[r].when_needed,
5757 rld[r].mode);
5758 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_for_inherit,
5759 regno + k);
5760 }
5761 }
5762 }
5763 }
5764
5765 /* If we found a register to use already, or if this is an optional
5766 reload, we are done. */
5767 if (rld[r].reg_rtx != 0 || rld[r].optional != 0)
5768 continue;
5769
5770 #if 0
5771 /* No longer needed for correct operation. Might or might
5772 not give better code on the average. Want to experiment? */
5773
5774 /* See if there is a later reload that has a class different from our
5775 class that intersects our class or that requires less register
5776 than our reload. If so, we must allocate a register to this
5777 reload now, since that reload might inherit a previous reload
5778 and take the only available register in our class. Don't do this
5779 for optional reloads since they will force all previous reloads
5780 to be allocated. Also don't do this for reloads that have been
5781 turned off. */
5782
5783 for (i = j + 1; i < n_reloads; i++)
5784 {
5785 int s = reload_order[i];
5786
5787 if ((rld[s].in == 0 && rld[s].out == 0
5788 && ! rld[s].secondary_p)
5789 || rld[s].optional)
5790 continue;
5791
5792 if ((rld[s].class != rld[r].class
5793 && reg_classes_intersect_p (rld[r].class,
5794 rld[s].class))
5795 || rld[s].nregs < rld[r].nregs)
5796 break;
5797 }
5798
5799 if (i == n_reloads)
5800 continue;
5801
5802 allocate_reload_reg (chain, r, j == n_reloads - 1);
5803 #endif
5804 }
5805
5806 /* Now allocate reload registers for anything non-optional that
5807 didn't get one yet. */
5808 for (j = 0; j < n_reloads; j++)
5809 {
5810 int r = reload_order[j];
5811
5812 /* Ignore reloads that got marked inoperative. */
5813 if (rld[r].out == 0 && rld[r].in == 0 && ! rld[r].secondary_p)
5814 continue;
5815
5816 /* Skip reloads that already have a register allocated or are
5817 optional. */
5818 if (rld[r].reg_rtx != 0 || rld[r].optional)
5819 continue;
5820
5821 if (! allocate_reload_reg (chain, r, j == n_reloads - 1))
5822 break;
5823 }
5824
5825 /* If that loop got all the way, we have won. */
5826 if (j == n_reloads)
5827 {
5828 win = 1;
5829 break;
5830 }
5831
5832 /* Loop around and try without any inheritance. */
5833 }
5834
5835 if (! win)
5836 {
5837 /* First undo everything done by the failed attempt
5838 to allocate with inheritance. */
5839 choose_reload_regs_init (chain, save_reload_reg_rtx);
5840
5841 /* Some sanity tests to verify that the reloads found in the first
5842 pass are identical to the ones we have now. */
5843 gcc_assert (chain->n_reloads == n_reloads);
5844
5845 for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++)
5846 {
5847 if (chain->rld[i].regno < 0 || chain->rld[i].reg_rtx != 0)
5848 continue;
5849 gcc_assert (chain->rld[i].when_needed == rld[i].when_needed);
5850 for (j = 0; j < n_spills; j++)
5851 if (spill_regs[j] == chain->rld[i].regno)
5852 if (! set_reload_reg (j, i))
5853 failed_reload (chain->insn, i);
5854 }
5855 }
5856
5857 /* If we thought we could inherit a reload, because it seemed that
5858 nothing else wanted the same reload register earlier in the insn,
5859 verify that assumption, now that all reloads have been assigned.
5860 Likewise for reloads where reload_override_in has been set. */
5861
5862 /* If doing expensive optimizations, do one preliminary pass that doesn't
5863 cancel any inheritance, but removes reloads that have been needed only
5864 for reloads that we know can be inherited. */
5865 for (pass = flag_expensive_optimizations; pass >= 0; pass--)
5866 {
5867 for (j = 0; j < n_reloads; j++)
5868 {
5869 int r = reload_order[j];
5870 rtx check_reg;
5871 if (reload_inherited[r] && rld[r].reg_rtx)
5872 check_reg = rld[r].reg_rtx;
5873 else if (reload_override_in[r]
5874 && (REG_P (reload_override_in[r])
5875 || GET_CODE (reload_override_in[r]) == SUBREG))
5876 check_reg = reload_override_in[r];
5877 else
5878 continue;
5879 if (! free_for_value_p (true_regnum (check_reg), rld[r].mode,
5880 rld[r].opnum, rld[r].when_needed, rld[r].in,
5881 (reload_inherited[r]
5882 ? rld[r].out : const0_rtx),
5883 r, 1))
5884 {
5885 if (pass)
5886 continue;
5887 reload_inherited[r] = 0;
5888 reload_override_in[r] = 0;
5889 }
5890 /* If we can inherit a RELOAD_FOR_INPUT, or can use a
5891 reload_override_in, then we do not need its related
5892 RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS / RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS reloads;
5893 likewise for other reload types.
5894 We handle this by removing a reload when its only replacement
5895 is mentioned in reload_in of the reload we are going to inherit.
5896 A special case are auto_inc expressions; even if the input is
5897 inherited, we still need the address for the output. We can
5898 recognize them because they have RELOAD_OUT set to RELOAD_IN.
5899 If we succeeded removing some reload and we are doing a preliminary
5900 pass just to remove such reloads, make another pass, since the
5901 removal of one reload might allow us to inherit another one. */
5902 else if (rld[r].in
5903 && rld[r].out != rld[r].in
5904 && remove_address_replacements (rld[r].in) && pass)
5905 pass = 2;
5906 }
5907 }
5908
5909 /* Now that reload_override_in is known valid,
5910 actually override reload_in. */
5911 for (j = 0; j < n_reloads; j++)
5912 if (reload_override_in[j])
5913 rld[j].in = reload_override_in[j];
5914
5915 /* If this reload won't be done because it has been canceled or is
5916 optional and not inherited, clear reload_reg_rtx so other
5917 routines (such as subst_reloads) don't get confused. */
5918 for (j = 0; j < n_reloads; j++)
5919 if (rld[j].reg_rtx != 0
5920 && ((rld[j].optional && ! reload_inherited[j])
5921 || (rld[j].in == 0 && rld[j].out == 0
5922 && ! rld[j].secondary_p)))
5923 {
5924 int regno = true_regnum (rld[j].reg_rtx);
5925
5926 if (spill_reg_order[regno] >= 0)
5927 clear_reload_reg_in_use (regno, rld[j].opnum,
5928 rld[j].when_needed, rld[j].mode);
5929 rld[j].reg_rtx = 0;
5930 reload_spill_index[j] = -1;
5931 }
5932
5933 /* Record which pseudos and which spill regs have output reloads. */
5934 for (j = 0; j < n_reloads; j++)
5935 {
5936 int r = reload_order[j];
5937
5938 i = reload_spill_index[r];
5939
5940 /* I is nonneg if this reload uses a register.
5941 If rld[r].reg_rtx is 0, this is an optional reload
5942 that we opted to ignore. */
5943 if (rld[r].out_reg != 0 && REG_P (rld[r].out_reg)
5944 && rld[r].reg_rtx != 0)
5945 {
5946 int nregno = REGNO (rld[r].out_reg);
5947 int nr = 1;
5948
5949 if (nregno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
5950 nr = hard_regno_nregs[nregno][rld[r].mode];
5951
5952 while (--nr >= 0)
5953 reg_has_output_reload[nregno + nr] = 1;
5954
5955 if (i >= 0)
5956 {
5957 nr = hard_regno_nregs[i][rld[r].mode];
5958 while (--nr >= 0)
5959 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_is_output_reload, i + nr);
5960 }
5961
5962 gcc_assert (rld[r].when_needed == RELOAD_OTHER
5963 || rld[r].when_needed == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT
5964 || rld[r].when_needed == RELOAD_FOR_INSN);
5965 }
5966 }
5967 }
5968
5969 /* Deallocate the reload register for reload R. This is called from
5970 remove_address_replacements. */
5971
5972 void
5973 deallocate_reload_reg (int r)
5974 {
5975 int regno;
5976
5977 if (! rld[r].reg_rtx)
5978 return;
5979 regno = true_regnum (rld[r].reg_rtx);
5980 rld[r].reg_rtx = 0;
5981 if (spill_reg_order[regno] >= 0)
5982 clear_reload_reg_in_use (regno, rld[r].opnum, rld[r].when_needed,
5983 rld[r].mode);
5984 reload_spill_index[r] = -1;
5985 }
5986 \f
5987 /* If SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES is nonzero, we may not have merged two
5988 reloads of the same item for fear that we might not have enough reload
5989 registers. However, normally they will get the same reload register
5990 and hence actually need not be loaded twice.
5991
5992 Here we check for the most common case of this phenomenon: when we have
5993 a number of reloads for the same object, each of which were allocated
5994 the same reload_reg_rtx, that reload_reg_rtx is not used for any other
5995 reload, and is not modified in the insn itself. If we find such,
5996 merge all the reloads and set the resulting reload to RELOAD_OTHER.
5997 This will not increase the number of spill registers needed and will
5998 prevent redundant code. */
5999
6000 static void
6001 merge_assigned_reloads (rtx insn)
6002 {
6003 int i, j;
6004
6005 /* Scan all the reloads looking for ones that only load values and
6006 are not already RELOAD_OTHER and ones whose reload_reg_rtx are
6007 assigned and not modified by INSN. */
6008
6009 for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++)
6010 {
6011 int conflicting_input = 0;
6012 int max_input_address_opnum = -1;
6013 int min_conflicting_input_opnum = MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS;
6014
6015 if (rld[i].in == 0 || rld[i].when_needed == RELOAD_OTHER
6016 || rld[i].out != 0 || rld[i].reg_rtx == 0
6017 || reg_set_p (rld[i].reg_rtx, insn))
6018 continue;
6019
6020 /* Look at all other reloads. Ensure that the only use of this
6021 reload_reg_rtx is in a reload that just loads the same value
6022 as we do. Note that any secondary reloads must be of the identical
6023 class since the values, modes, and result registers are the
6024 same, so we need not do anything with any secondary reloads. */
6025
6026 for (j = 0; j < n_reloads; j++)
6027 {
6028 if (i == j || rld[j].reg_rtx == 0
6029 || ! reg_overlap_mentioned_p (rld[j].reg_rtx,
6030 rld[i].reg_rtx))
6031 continue;
6032
6033 if (rld[j].when_needed == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS
6034 && rld[j].opnum > max_input_address_opnum)
6035 max_input_address_opnum = rld[j].opnum;
6036
6037 /* If the reload regs aren't exactly the same (e.g, different modes)
6038 or if the values are different, we can't merge this reload.
6039 But if it is an input reload, we might still merge
6040 RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS and RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS reloads. */
6041
6042 if (! rtx_equal_p (rld[i].reg_rtx, rld[j].reg_rtx)
6043 || rld[j].out != 0 || rld[j].in == 0
6044 || ! rtx_equal_p (rld[i].in, rld[j].in))
6045 {
6046 if (rld[j].when_needed != RELOAD_FOR_INPUT
6047 || ((rld[i].when_needed != RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS
6048 || rld[i].opnum > rld[j].opnum)
6049 && rld[i].when_needed != RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS))
6050 break;
6051 conflicting_input = 1;
6052 if (min_conflicting_input_opnum > rld[j].opnum)
6053 min_conflicting_input_opnum = rld[j].opnum;
6054 }
6055 }
6056
6057 /* If all is OK, merge the reloads. Only set this to RELOAD_OTHER if
6058 we, in fact, found any matching reloads. */
6059
6060 if (j == n_reloads
6061 && max_input_address_opnum <= min_conflicting_input_opnum)
6062 {
6063 for (j = 0; j < n_reloads; j++)
6064 if (i != j && rld[j].reg_rtx != 0
6065 && rtx_equal_p (rld[i].reg_rtx, rld[j].reg_rtx)
6066 && (! conflicting_input
6067 || rld[j].when_needed == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS
6068 || rld[j].when_needed == RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS))
6069 {
6070 rld[i].when_needed = RELOAD_OTHER;
6071 rld[j].in = 0;
6072 reload_spill_index[j] = -1;
6073 transfer_replacements (i, j);
6074 }
6075
6076 /* If this is now RELOAD_OTHER, look for any reloads that load
6077 parts of this operand and set them to RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS
6078 if they were for inputs, RELOAD_OTHER for outputs. Note that
6079 this test is equivalent to looking for reloads for this operand
6080 number. */
6081 /* We must take special care when there are two or more reloads to
6082 be merged and a RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS reload that loads the
6083 same value or a part of it; we must not change its type if there
6084 is a conflicting input. */
6085
6086 if (rld[i].when_needed == RELOAD_OTHER)
6087 for (j = 0; j < n_reloads; j++)
6088 if (rld[j].in != 0
6089 && rld[j].when_needed != RELOAD_OTHER
6090 && rld[j].when_needed != RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS
6091 && (! conflicting_input
6092 || rld[j].when_needed == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS
6093 || rld[j].when_needed == RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS)
6094 && reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (rld[j].in,
6095 rld[i].in))
6096 {
6097 int k;
6098
6099 rld[j].when_needed
6100 = ((rld[j].when_needed == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS
6101 || rld[j].when_needed == RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS)
6102 ? RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS : RELOAD_OTHER);
6103
6104 /* Check to see if we accidentally converted two
6105 reloads that use the same reload register with
6106 different inputs to the same type. If so, the
6107 resulting code won't work. */
6108 if (rld[j].reg_rtx)
6109 for (k = 0; k < j; k++)
6110 gcc_assert (rld[k].in == 0 || rld[k].reg_rtx == 0
6111 || rld[k].when_needed != rld[j].when_needed
6112 || !rtx_equal_p (rld[k].reg_rtx,
6113 rld[j].reg_rtx)
6114 || rtx_equal_p (rld[k].in,
6115 rld[j].in));
6116 }
6117 }
6118 }
6119 }
6120 \f
6121 /* These arrays are filled by emit_reload_insns and its subroutines. */
6122 static rtx input_reload_insns[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
6123 static rtx other_input_address_reload_insns = 0;
6124 static rtx other_input_reload_insns = 0;
6125 static rtx input_address_reload_insns[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
6126 static rtx inpaddr_address_reload_insns[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
6127 static rtx output_reload_insns[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
6128 static rtx output_address_reload_insns[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
6129 static rtx outaddr_address_reload_insns[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
6130 static rtx operand_reload_insns = 0;
6131 static rtx other_operand_reload_insns = 0;
6132 static rtx other_output_reload_insns[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
6133
6134 /* Values to be put in spill_reg_store are put here first. */
6135 static rtx new_spill_reg_store[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER];
6136 static HARD_REG_SET reg_reloaded_died;
6137
6138 /* Generate insns to perform reload RL, which is for the insn in CHAIN and
6139 has the number J. OLD contains the value to be used as input. */
6140
6141 static void
6142 emit_input_reload_insns (struct insn_chain *chain, struct reload *rl,
6143 rtx old, int j)
6144 {
6145 rtx insn = chain->insn;
6146 rtx reloadreg = rl->reg_rtx;
6147 rtx oldequiv_reg = 0;
6148 rtx oldequiv = 0;
6149 int special = 0;
6150 enum machine_mode mode;
6151 rtx *where;
6152
6153 /* Determine the mode to reload in.
6154 This is very tricky because we have three to choose from.
6155 There is the mode the insn operand wants (rl->inmode).
6156 There is the mode of the reload register RELOADREG.
6157 There is the intrinsic mode of the operand, which we could find
6158 by stripping some SUBREGs.
6159 It turns out that RELOADREG's mode is irrelevant:
6160 we can change that arbitrarily.
6161
6162 Consider (SUBREG:SI foo:QI) as an operand that must be SImode;
6163 then the reload reg may not support QImode moves, so use SImode.
6164 If foo is in memory due to spilling a pseudo reg, this is safe,
6165 because the QImode value is in the least significant part of a
6166 slot big enough for a SImode. If foo is some other sort of
6167 memory reference, then it is impossible to reload this case,
6168 so previous passes had better make sure this never happens.
6169
6170 Then consider a one-word union which has SImode and one of its
6171 members is a float, being fetched as (SUBREG:SF union:SI).
6172 We must fetch that as SFmode because we could be loading into
6173 a float-only register. In this case OLD's mode is correct.
6174
6175 Consider an immediate integer: it has VOIDmode. Here we need
6176 to get a mode from something else.
6177
6178 In some cases, there is a fourth mode, the operand's
6179 containing mode. If the insn specifies a containing mode for
6180 this operand, it overrides all others.
6181
6182 I am not sure whether the algorithm here is always right,
6183 but it does the right things in those cases. */
6184
6185 mode = GET_MODE (old);
6186 if (mode == VOIDmode)
6187 mode = rl->inmode;
6188
6189 #ifdef SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS
6190 /* If we need a secondary register for this operation, see if
6191 the value is already in a register in that class. Don't
6192 do this if the secondary register will be used as a scratch
6193 register. */
6194
6195 if (rl->secondary_in_reload >= 0
6196 && rl->secondary_in_icode == CODE_FOR_nothing
6197 && optimize)
6198 oldequiv
6199 = find_equiv_reg (old, insn,
6200 rld[rl->secondary_in_reload].class,
6201 -1, NULL, 0, mode);
6202 #endif
6203
6204 /* If reloading from memory, see if there is a register
6205 that already holds the same value. If so, reload from there.
6206 We can pass 0 as the reload_reg_p argument because
6207 any other reload has either already been emitted,
6208 in which case find_equiv_reg will see the reload-insn,
6209 or has yet to be emitted, in which case it doesn't matter
6210 because we will use this equiv reg right away. */
6211
6212 if (oldequiv == 0 && optimize
6213 && (MEM_P (old)
6214 || (REG_P (old)
6215 && REGNO (old) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
6216 && reg_renumber[REGNO (old)] < 0)))
6217 oldequiv = find_equiv_reg (old, insn, ALL_REGS, -1, NULL, 0, mode);
6218
6219 if (oldequiv)
6220 {
6221 unsigned int regno = true_regnum (oldequiv);
6222
6223 /* Don't use OLDEQUIV if any other reload changes it at an
6224 earlier stage of this insn or at this stage. */
6225 if (! free_for_value_p (regno, rl->mode, rl->opnum, rl->when_needed,
6226 rl->in, const0_rtx, j, 0))
6227 oldequiv = 0;
6228
6229 /* If it is no cheaper to copy from OLDEQUIV into the
6230 reload register than it would be to move from memory,
6231 don't use it. Likewise, if we need a secondary register
6232 or memory. */
6233
6234 if (oldequiv != 0
6235 && (((enum reg_class) REGNO_REG_CLASS (regno) != rl->class
6236 && (REGISTER_MOVE_COST (mode, REGNO_REG_CLASS (regno),
6237 rl->class)
6238 >= MEMORY_MOVE_COST (mode, rl->class, 1)))
6239 #ifdef SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS
6240 || (SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (rl->class,
6241 mode, oldequiv)
6242 != NO_REGS)
6243 #endif
6244 #ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED
6245 || SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED (REGNO_REG_CLASS (regno),
6246 rl->class,
6247 mode)
6248 #endif
6249 ))
6250 oldequiv = 0;
6251 }
6252
6253 /* delete_output_reload is only invoked properly if old contains
6254 the original pseudo register. Since this is replaced with a
6255 hard reg when RELOAD_OVERRIDE_IN is set, see if we can
6256 find the pseudo in RELOAD_IN_REG. */
6257 if (oldequiv == 0
6258 && reload_override_in[j]
6259 && REG_P (rl->in_reg))
6260 {
6261 oldequiv = old;
6262 old = rl->in_reg;
6263 }
6264 if (oldequiv == 0)
6265 oldequiv = old;
6266 else if (REG_P (oldequiv))
6267 oldequiv_reg = oldequiv;
6268 else if (GET_CODE (oldequiv) == SUBREG)
6269 oldequiv_reg = SUBREG_REG (oldequiv);
6270
6271 /* If we are reloading from a register that was recently stored in
6272 with an output-reload, see if we can prove there was
6273 actually no need to store the old value in it. */
6274
6275 if (optimize && REG_P (oldequiv)
6276 && REGNO (oldequiv) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
6277 && spill_reg_store[REGNO (oldequiv)]
6278 && REG_P (old)
6279 && (dead_or_set_p (insn, spill_reg_stored_to[REGNO (oldequiv)])
6280 || rtx_equal_p (spill_reg_stored_to[REGNO (oldequiv)],
6281 rl->out_reg)))
6282 delete_output_reload (insn, j, REGNO (oldequiv));
6283
6284 /* Encapsulate both RELOADREG and OLDEQUIV into that mode,
6285 then load RELOADREG from OLDEQUIV. Note that we cannot use
6286 gen_lowpart_common since it can do the wrong thing when
6287 RELOADREG has a multi-word mode. Note that RELOADREG
6288 must always be a REG here. */
6289
6290 if (GET_MODE (reloadreg) != mode)
6291 reloadreg = reload_adjust_reg_for_mode (reloadreg, mode);
6292 while (GET_CODE (oldequiv) == SUBREG && GET_MODE (oldequiv) != mode)
6293 oldequiv = SUBREG_REG (oldequiv);
6294 if (GET_MODE (oldequiv) != VOIDmode
6295 && mode != GET_MODE (oldequiv))
6296 oldequiv = gen_lowpart_SUBREG (mode, oldequiv);
6297
6298 /* Switch to the right place to emit the reload insns. */
6299 switch (rl->when_needed)
6300 {
6301 case RELOAD_OTHER:
6302 where = &other_input_reload_insns;
6303 break;
6304 case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT:
6305 where = &input_reload_insns[rl->opnum];
6306 break;
6307 case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS:
6308 where = &input_address_reload_insns[rl->opnum];
6309 break;
6310 case RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS:
6311 where = &inpaddr_address_reload_insns[rl->opnum];
6312 break;
6313 case RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS:
6314 where = &output_address_reload_insns[rl->opnum];
6315 break;
6316 case RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS:
6317 where = &outaddr_address_reload_insns[rl->opnum];
6318 break;
6319 case RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS:
6320 where = &operand_reload_insns;
6321 break;
6322 case RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR:
6323 where = &other_operand_reload_insns;
6324 break;
6325 case RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS:
6326 where = &other_input_address_reload_insns;
6327 break;
6328 default:
6329 gcc_unreachable ();
6330 }
6331
6332 push_to_sequence (*where);
6333
6334 /* Auto-increment addresses must be reloaded in a special way. */
6335 if (rl->out && ! rl->out_reg)
6336 {
6337 /* We are not going to bother supporting the case where a
6338 incremented register can't be copied directly from
6339 OLDEQUIV since this seems highly unlikely. */
6340 gcc_assert (rl->secondary_in_reload < 0);
6341
6342 if (reload_inherited[j])
6343 oldequiv = reloadreg;
6344
6345 old = XEXP (rl->in_reg, 0);
6346
6347 if (optimize && REG_P (oldequiv)
6348 && REGNO (oldequiv) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
6349 && spill_reg_store[REGNO (oldequiv)]
6350 && REG_P (old)
6351 && (dead_or_set_p (insn,
6352 spill_reg_stored_to[REGNO (oldequiv)])
6353 || rtx_equal_p (spill_reg_stored_to[REGNO (oldequiv)],
6354 old)))
6355 delete_output_reload (insn, j, REGNO (oldequiv));
6356
6357 /* Prevent normal processing of this reload. */
6358 special = 1;
6359 /* Output a special code sequence for this case. */
6360 new_spill_reg_store[REGNO (reloadreg)]
6361 = inc_for_reload (reloadreg, oldequiv, rl->out,
6362 rl->inc);
6363 }
6364
6365 /* If we are reloading a pseudo-register that was set by the previous
6366 insn, see if we can get rid of that pseudo-register entirely
6367 by redirecting the previous insn into our reload register. */
6368
6369 else if (optimize && REG_P (old)
6370 && REGNO (old) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
6371 && dead_or_set_p (insn, old)
6372 /* This is unsafe if some other reload
6373 uses the same reg first. */
6374 && ! conflicts_with_override (reloadreg)
6375 && free_for_value_p (REGNO (reloadreg), rl->mode, rl->opnum,
6376 rl->when_needed, old, rl->out, j, 0))
6377 {
6378 rtx temp = PREV_INSN (insn);
6379 while (temp && NOTE_P (temp))
6380 temp = PREV_INSN (temp);
6381 if (temp
6382 && NONJUMP_INSN_P (temp)
6383 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (temp)) == SET
6384 && SET_DEST (PATTERN (temp)) == old
6385 /* Make sure we can access insn_operand_constraint. */
6386 && asm_noperands (PATTERN (temp)) < 0
6387 /* This is unsafe if operand occurs more than once in current
6388 insn. Perhaps some occurrences aren't reloaded. */
6389 && count_occurrences (PATTERN (insn), old, 0) == 1)
6390 {
6391 rtx old = SET_DEST (PATTERN (temp));
6392 /* Store into the reload register instead of the pseudo. */
6393 SET_DEST (PATTERN (temp)) = reloadreg;
6394
6395 /* Verify that resulting insn is valid. */
6396 extract_insn (temp);
6397 if (constrain_operands (1))
6398 {
6399 /* If the previous insn is an output reload, the source is
6400 a reload register, and its spill_reg_store entry will
6401 contain the previous destination. This is now
6402 invalid. */
6403 if (REG_P (SET_SRC (PATTERN (temp)))
6404 && REGNO (SET_SRC (PATTERN (temp))) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
6405 {
6406 spill_reg_store[REGNO (SET_SRC (PATTERN (temp)))] = 0;
6407 spill_reg_stored_to[REGNO (SET_SRC (PATTERN (temp)))] = 0;
6408 }
6409
6410 /* If these are the only uses of the pseudo reg,
6411 pretend for GDB it lives in the reload reg we used. */
6412 if (REG_N_DEATHS (REGNO (old)) == 1
6413 && REG_N_SETS (REGNO (old)) == 1)
6414 {
6415 reg_renumber[REGNO (old)] = REGNO (rl->reg_rtx);
6416 alter_reg (REGNO (old), -1);
6417 }
6418 special = 1;
6419 }
6420 else
6421 {
6422 SET_DEST (PATTERN (temp)) = old;
6423 }
6424 }
6425 }
6426
6427 /* We can't do that, so output an insn to load RELOADREG. */
6428
6429 #ifdef SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS
6430 /* If we have a secondary reload, pick up the secondary register
6431 and icode, if any. If OLDEQUIV and OLD are different or
6432 if this is an in-out reload, recompute whether or not we
6433 still need a secondary register and what the icode should
6434 be. If we still need a secondary register and the class or
6435 icode is different, go back to reloading from OLD if using
6436 OLDEQUIV means that we got the wrong type of register. We
6437 cannot have different class or icode due to an in-out reload
6438 because we don't make such reloads when both the input and
6439 output need secondary reload registers. */
6440
6441 if (! special && rl->secondary_in_reload >= 0)
6442 {
6443 rtx second_reload_reg = 0;
6444 int secondary_reload = rl->secondary_in_reload;
6445 rtx real_oldequiv = oldequiv;
6446 rtx real_old = old;
6447 rtx tmp;
6448 enum insn_code icode;
6449
6450 /* If OLDEQUIV is a pseudo with a MEM, get the real MEM
6451 and similarly for OLD.
6452 See comments in get_secondary_reload in reload.c. */
6453 /* If it is a pseudo that cannot be replaced with its
6454 equivalent MEM, we must fall back to reload_in, which
6455 will have all the necessary substitutions registered.
6456 Likewise for a pseudo that can't be replaced with its
6457 equivalent constant.
6458
6459 Take extra care for subregs of such pseudos. Note that
6460 we cannot use reg_equiv_mem in this case because it is
6461 not in the right mode. */
6462
6463 tmp = oldequiv;
6464 if (GET_CODE (tmp) == SUBREG)
6465 tmp = SUBREG_REG (tmp);
6466 if (REG_P (tmp)
6467 && REGNO (tmp) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
6468 && (reg_equiv_memory_loc[REGNO (tmp)] != 0
6469 || reg_equiv_constant[REGNO (tmp)] != 0))
6470 {
6471 if (! reg_equiv_mem[REGNO (tmp)]
6472 || num_not_at_initial_offset
6473 || GET_CODE (oldequiv) == SUBREG)
6474 real_oldequiv = rl->in;
6475 else
6476 real_oldequiv = reg_equiv_mem[REGNO (tmp)];
6477 }
6478
6479 tmp = old;
6480 if (GET_CODE (tmp) == SUBREG)
6481 tmp = SUBREG_REG (tmp);
6482 if (REG_P (tmp)
6483 && REGNO (tmp) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
6484 && (reg_equiv_memory_loc[REGNO (tmp)] != 0
6485 || reg_equiv_constant[REGNO (tmp)] != 0))
6486 {
6487 if (! reg_equiv_mem[REGNO (tmp)]
6488 || num_not_at_initial_offset
6489 || GET_CODE (old) == SUBREG)
6490 real_old = rl->in;
6491 else
6492 real_old = reg_equiv_mem[REGNO (tmp)];
6493 }
6494
6495 second_reload_reg = rld[secondary_reload].reg_rtx;
6496 icode = rl->secondary_in_icode;
6497
6498 if ((old != oldequiv && ! rtx_equal_p (old, oldequiv))
6499 || (rl->in != 0 && rl->out != 0))
6500 {
6501 enum reg_class new_class
6502 = SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (rl->class,
6503 mode, real_oldequiv);
6504
6505 if (new_class == NO_REGS)
6506 second_reload_reg = 0;
6507 else
6508 {
6509 enum insn_code new_icode;
6510 enum machine_mode new_mode;
6511
6512 if (! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) new_class],
6513 REGNO (second_reload_reg)))
6514 oldequiv = old, real_oldequiv = real_old;
6515 else
6516 {
6517 new_icode = reload_in_optab[(int) mode];
6518 if (new_icode != CODE_FOR_nothing
6519 && ((insn_data[(int) new_icode].operand[0].predicate
6520 && ! ((*insn_data[(int) new_icode].operand[0].predicate)
6521 (reloadreg, mode)))
6522 || (insn_data[(int) new_icode].operand[1].predicate
6523 && ! ((*insn_data[(int) new_icode].operand[1].predicate)
6524 (real_oldequiv, mode)))))
6525 new_icode = CODE_FOR_nothing;
6526
6527 if (new_icode == CODE_FOR_nothing)
6528 new_mode = mode;
6529 else
6530 new_mode = insn_data[(int) new_icode].operand[2].mode;
6531
6532 if (GET_MODE (second_reload_reg) != new_mode)
6533 {
6534 if (!HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (REGNO (second_reload_reg),
6535 new_mode))
6536 oldequiv = old, real_oldequiv = real_old;
6537 else
6538 second_reload_reg
6539 = reload_adjust_reg_for_mode (second_reload_reg,
6540 new_mode);
6541 }
6542 }
6543 }
6544 }
6545
6546 /* If we still need a secondary reload register, check
6547 to see if it is being used as a scratch or intermediate
6548 register and generate code appropriately. If we need
6549 a scratch register, use REAL_OLDEQUIV since the form of
6550 the insn may depend on the actual address if it is
6551 a MEM. */
6552
6553 if (second_reload_reg)
6554 {
6555 if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing)
6556 {
6557 emit_insn (GEN_FCN (icode) (reloadreg, real_oldequiv,
6558 second_reload_reg));
6559 special = 1;
6560 }
6561 else
6562 {
6563 /* See if we need a scratch register to load the
6564 intermediate register (a tertiary reload). */
6565 enum insn_code tertiary_icode
6566 = rld[secondary_reload].secondary_in_icode;
6567
6568 if (tertiary_icode != CODE_FOR_nothing)
6569 {
6570 rtx third_reload_reg
6571 = rld[rld[secondary_reload].secondary_in_reload].reg_rtx;
6572
6573 emit_insn ((GEN_FCN (tertiary_icode)
6574 (second_reload_reg, real_oldequiv,
6575 third_reload_reg)));
6576 }
6577 else
6578 gen_reload (second_reload_reg, real_oldequiv,
6579 rl->opnum,
6580 rl->when_needed);
6581
6582 oldequiv = second_reload_reg;
6583 }
6584 }
6585 }
6586 #endif
6587
6588 if (! special && ! rtx_equal_p (reloadreg, oldequiv))
6589 {
6590 rtx real_oldequiv = oldequiv;
6591
6592 if ((REG_P (oldequiv)
6593 && REGNO (oldequiv) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
6594 && (reg_equiv_memory_loc[REGNO (oldequiv)] != 0
6595 || reg_equiv_constant[REGNO (oldequiv)] != 0))
6596 || (GET_CODE (oldequiv) == SUBREG
6597 && REG_P (SUBREG_REG (oldequiv))
6598 && (REGNO (SUBREG_REG (oldequiv))
6599 >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
6600 && ((reg_equiv_memory_loc
6601 [REGNO (SUBREG_REG (oldequiv))] != 0)
6602 || (reg_equiv_constant
6603 [REGNO (SUBREG_REG (oldequiv))] != 0)))
6604 || (CONSTANT_P (oldequiv)
6605 && (PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS (oldequiv,
6606 REGNO_REG_CLASS (REGNO (reloadreg)))
6607 == NO_REGS)))
6608 real_oldequiv = rl->in;
6609 gen_reload (reloadreg, real_oldequiv, rl->opnum,
6610 rl->when_needed);
6611 }
6612
6613 if (flag_non_call_exceptions)
6614 copy_eh_notes (insn, get_insns ());
6615
6616 /* End this sequence. */
6617 *where = get_insns ();
6618 end_sequence ();
6619
6620 /* Update reload_override_in so that delete_address_reloads_1
6621 can see the actual register usage. */
6622 if (oldequiv_reg)
6623 reload_override_in[j] = oldequiv;
6624 }
6625
6626 /* Generate insns to for the output reload RL, which is for the insn described
6627 by CHAIN and has the number J. */
6628 static void
6629 emit_output_reload_insns (struct insn_chain *chain, struct reload *rl,
6630 int j)
6631 {
6632 rtx reloadreg = rl->reg_rtx;
6633 rtx insn = chain->insn;
6634 int special = 0;
6635 rtx old = rl->out;
6636 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (old);
6637 rtx p;
6638
6639 if (rl->when_needed == RELOAD_OTHER)
6640 start_sequence ();
6641 else
6642 push_to_sequence (output_reload_insns[rl->opnum]);
6643
6644 /* Determine the mode to reload in.
6645 See comments above (for input reloading). */
6646
6647 if (mode == VOIDmode)
6648 {
6649 /* VOIDmode should never happen for an output. */
6650 if (asm_noperands (PATTERN (insn)) < 0)
6651 /* It's the compiler's fault. */
6652 fatal_insn ("VOIDmode on an output", insn);
6653 error_for_asm (insn, "output operand is constant in %<asm%>");
6654 /* Prevent crash--use something we know is valid. */
6655 mode = word_mode;
6656 old = gen_rtx_REG (mode, REGNO (reloadreg));
6657 }
6658
6659 if (GET_MODE (reloadreg) != mode)
6660 reloadreg = reload_adjust_reg_for_mode (reloadreg, mode);
6661
6662 #ifdef SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS
6663
6664 /* If we need two reload regs, set RELOADREG to the intermediate
6665 one, since it will be stored into OLD. We might need a secondary
6666 register only for an input reload, so check again here. */
6667
6668 if (rl->secondary_out_reload >= 0)
6669 {
6670 rtx real_old = old;
6671
6672 if (REG_P (old) && REGNO (old) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
6673 && reg_equiv_mem[REGNO (old)] != 0)
6674 real_old = reg_equiv_mem[REGNO (old)];
6675
6676 if ((SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (rl->class,
6677 mode, real_old)
6678 != NO_REGS))
6679 {
6680 rtx second_reloadreg = reloadreg;
6681 reloadreg = rld[rl->secondary_out_reload].reg_rtx;
6682
6683 /* See if RELOADREG is to be used as a scratch register
6684 or as an intermediate register. */
6685 if (rl->secondary_out_icode != CODE_FOR_nothing)
6686 {
6687 emit_insn ((GEN_FCN (rl->secondary_out_icode)
6688 (real_old, second_reloadreg, reloadreg)));
6689 special = 1;
6690 }
6691 else
6692 {
6693 /* See if we need both a scratch and intermediate reload
6694 register. */
6695
6696 int secondary_reload = rl->secondary_out_reload;
6697 enum insn_code tertiary_icode
6698 = rld[secondary_reload].secondary_out_icode;
6699
6700 if (GET_MODE (reloadreg) != mode)
6701 reloadreg = reload_adjust_reg_for_mode (reloadreg, mode);
6702
6703 if (tertiary_icode != CODE_FOR_nothing)
6704 {
6705 rtx third_reloadreg
6706 = rld[rld[secondary_reload].secondary_out_reload].reg_rtx;
6707 rtx tem;
6708
6709 /* Copy primary reload reg to secondary reload reg.
6710 (Note that these have been swapped above, then
6711 secondary reload reg to OLD using our insn.) */
6712
6713 /* If REAL_OLD is a paradoxical SUBREG, remove it
6714 and try to put the opposite SUBREG on
6715 RELOADREG. */
6716 if (GET_CODE (real_old) == SUBREG
6717 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (real_old))
6718 > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (real_old))))
6719 && 0 != (tem = gen_lowpart_common
6720 (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (real_old)),
6721 reloadreg)))
6722 real_old = SUBREG_REG (real_old), reloadreg = tem;
6723
6724 gen_reload (reloadreg, second_reloadreg,
6725 rl->opnum, rl->when_needed);
6726 emit_insn ((GEN_FCN (tertiary_icode)
6727 (real_old, reloadreg, third_reloadreg)));
6728 special = 1;
6729 }
6730
6731 else
6732 /* Copy between the reload regs here and then to
6733 OUT later. */
6734
6735 gen_reload (reloadreg, second_reloadreg,
6736 rl->opnum, rl->when_needed);
6737 }
6738 }
6739 }
6740 #endif
6741
6742 /* Output the last reload insn. */
6743 if (! special)
6744 {
6745 rtx set;
6746
6747 /* Don't output the last reload if OLD is not the dest of
6748 INSN and is in the src and is clobbered by INSN. */
6749 if (! flag_expensive_optimizations
6750 || !REG_P (old)
6751 || !(set = single_set (insn))
6752 || rtx_equal_p (old, SET_DEST (set))
6753 || !reg_mentioned_p (old, SET_SRC (set))
6754 || !((REGNO (old) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
6755 && regno_clobbered_p (REGNO (old), insn, rl->mode, 0)))
6756 gen_reload (old, reloadreg, rl->opnum,
6757 rl->when_needed);
6758 }
6759
6760 /* Look at all insns we emitted, just to be safe. */
6761 for (p = get_insns (); p; p = NEXT_INSN (p))
6762 if (INSN_P (p))
6763 {
6764 rtx pat = PATTERN (p);
6765
6766 /* If this output reload doesn't come from a spill reg,
6767 clear any memory of reloaded copies of the pseudo reg.
6768 If this output reload comes from a spill reg,
6769 reg_has_output_reload will make this do nothing. */
6770 note_stores (pat, forget_old_reloads_1, NULL);
6771
6772 if (reg_mentioned_p (rl->reg_rtx, pat))
6773 {
6774 rtx set = single_set (insn);
6775 if (reload_spill_index[j] < 0
6776 && set
6777 && SET_SRC (set) == rl->reg_rtx)
6778 {
6779 int src = REGNO (SET_SRC (set));
6780
6781 reload_spill_index[j] = src;
6782 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_is_output_reload, src);
6783 if (find_regno_note (insn, REG_DEAD, src))
6784 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_reloaded_died, src);
6785 }
6786 if (REGNO (rl->reg_rtx) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
6787 {
6788 int s = rl->secondary_out_reload;
6789 set = single_set (p);
6790 /* If this reload copies only to the secondary reload
6791 register, the secondary reload does the actual
6792 store. */
6793 if (s >= 0 && set == NULL_RTX)
6794 /* We can't tell what function the secondary reload
6795 has and where the actual store to the pseudo is
6796 made; leave new_spill_reg_store alone. */
6797 ;
6798 else if (s >= 0
6799 && SET_SRC (set) == rl->reg_rtx
6800 && SET_DEST (set) == rld[s].reg_rtx)
6801 {
6802 /* Usually the next instruction will be the
6803 secondary reload insn; if we can confirm
6804 that it is, setting new_spill_reg_store to
6805 that insn will allow an extra optimization. */
6806 rtx s_reg = rld[s].reg_rtx;
6807 rtx next = NEXT_INSN (p);
6808 rld[s].out = rl->out;
6809 rld[s].out_reg = rl->out_reg;
6810 set = single_set (next);
6811 if (set && SET_SRC (set) == s_reg
6812 && ! new_spill_reg_store[REGNO (s_reg)])
6813 {
6814 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_is_output_reload,
6815 REGNO (s_reg));
6816 new_spill_reg_store[REGNO (s_reg)] = next;
6817 }
6818 }
6819 else
6820 new_spill_reg_store[REGNO (rl->reg_rtx)] = p;
6821 }
6822 }
6823 }
6824
6825 if (rl->when_needed == RELOAD_OTHER)
6826 {
6827 emit_insn (other_output_reload_insns[rl->opnum]);
6828 other_output_reload_insns[rl->opnum] = get_insns ();
6829 }
6830 else
6831 output_reload_insns[rl->opnum] = get_insns ();
6832
6833 if (flag_non_call_exceptions)
6834 copy_eh_notes (insn, get_insns ());
6835
6836 end_sequence ();
6837 }
6838
6839 /* Do input reloading for reload RL, which is for the insn described by CHAIN
6840 and has the number J. */
6841 static void
6842 do_input_reload (struct insn_chain *chain, struct reload *rl, int j)
6843 {
6844 rtx insn = chain->insn;
6845 rtx old = (rl->in && MEM_P (rl->in)
6846 ? rl->in_reg : rl->in);
6847
6848 if (old != 0
6849 /* AUTO_INC reloads need to be handled even if inherited. We got an
6850 AUTO_INC reload if reload_out is set but reload_out_reg isn't. */
6851 && (! reload_inherited[j] || (rl->out && ! rl->out_reg))
6852 && ! rtx_equal_p (rl->reg_rtx, old)
6853 && rl->reg_rtx != 0)
6854 emit_input_reload_insns (chain, rld + j, old, j);
6855
6856 /* When inheriting a wider reload, we have a MEM in rl->in,
6857 e.g. inheriting a SImode output reload for
6858 (mem:HI (plus:SI (reg:SI 14 fp) (const_int 10))) */
6859 if (optimize && reload_inherited[j] && rl->in
6860 && MEM_P (rl->in)
6861 && MEM_P (rl->in_reg)
6862 && reload_spill_index[j] >= 0
6863 && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_reloaded_valid, reload_spill_index[j]))
6864 rl->in = regno_reg_rtx[reg_reloaded_contents[reload_spill_index[j]]];
6865
6866 /* If we are reloading a register that was recently stored in with an
6867 output-reload, see if we can prove there was
6868 actually no need to store the old value in it. */
6869
6870 if (optimize
6871 /* Only attempt this for input reloads; for RELOAD_OTHER we miss
6872 that there may be multiple uses of the previous output reload.
6873 Restricting to RELOAD_FOR_INPUT is mostly paranoia. */
6874 && rl->when_needed == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT
6875 && (reload_inherited[j] || reload_override_in[j])
6876 && rl->reg_rtx
6877 && REG_P (rl->reg_rtx)
6878 && spill_reg_store[REGNO (rl->reg_rtx)] != 0
6879 #if 0
6880 /* There doesn't seem to be any reason to restrict this to pseudos
6881 and doing so loses in the case where we are copying from a
6882 register of the wrong class. */
6883 && (REGNO (spill_reg_stored_to[REGNO (rl->reg_rtx)])
6884 >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
6885 #endif
6886 /* The insn might have already some references to stackslots
6887 replaced by MEMs, while reload_out_reg still names the
6888 original pseudo. */
6889 && (dead_or_set_p (insn,
6890 spill_reg_stored_to[REGNO (rl->reg_rtx)])
6891 || rtx_equal_p (spill_reg_stored_to[REGNO (rl->reg_rtx)],
6892 rl->out_reg)))
6893 delete_output_reload (insn, j, REGNO (rl->reg_rtx));
6894 }
6895
6896 /* Do output reloading for reload RL, which is for the insn described by
6897 CHAIN and has the number J.
6898 ??? At some point we need to support handling output reloads of
6899 JUMP_INSNs or insns that set cc0. */
6900 static void
6901 do_output_reload (struct insn_chain *chain, struct reload *rl, int j)
6902 {
6903 rtx note, old;
6904 rtx insn = chain->insn;
6905 /* If this is an output reload that stores something that is
6906 not loaded in this same reload, see if we can eliminate a previous
6907 store. */
6908 rtx pseudo = rl->out_reg;
6909
6910 if (pseudo
6911 && optimize
6912 && REG_P (pseudo)
6913 && ! rtx_equal_p (rl->in_reg, pseudo)
6914 && REGNO (pseudo) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
6915 && reg_last_reload_reg[REGNO (pseudo)])
6916 {
6917 int pseudo_no = REGNO (pseudo);
6918 int last_regno = REGNO (reg_last_reload_reg[pseudo_no]);
6919
6920 /* We don't need to test full validity of last_regno for
6921 inherit here; we only want to know if the store actually
6922 matches the pseudo. */
6923 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_reloaded_valid, last_regno)
6924 && reg_reloaded_contents[last_regno] == pseudo_no
6925 && spill_reg_store[last_regno]
6926 && rtx_equal_p (pseudo, spill_reg_stored_to[last_regno]))
6927 delete_output_reload (insn, j, last_regno);
6928 }
6929
6930 old = rl->out_reg;
6931 if (old == 0
6932 || rl->reg_rtx == old
6933 || rl->reg_rtx == 0)
6934 return;
6935
6936 /* An output operand that dies right away does need a reload,
6937 but need not be copied from it. Show the new location in the
6938 REG_UNUSED note. */
6939 if ((REG_P (old) || GET_CODE (old) == SCRATCH)
6940 && (note = find_reg_note (insn, REG_UNUSED, old)) != 0)
6941 {
6942 XEXP (note, 0) = rl->reg_rtx;
6943 return;
6944 }
6945 /* Likewise for a SUBREG of an operand that dies. */
6946 else if (GET_CODE (old) == SUBREG
6947 && REG_P (SUBREG_REG (old))
6948 && 0 != (note = find_reg_note (insn, REG_UNUSED,
6949 SUBREG_REG (old))))
6950 {
6951 XEXP (note, 0) = gen_lowpart_common (GET_MODE (old),
6952 rl->reg_rtx);
6953 return;
6954 }
6955 else if (GET_CODE (old) == SCRATCH)
6956 /* If we aren't optimizing, there won't be a REG_UNUSED note,
6957 but we don't want to make an output reload. */
6958 return;
6959
6960 /* If is a JUMP_INSN, we can't support output reloads yet. */
6961 gcc_assert (!JUMP_P (insn));
6962
6963 emit_output_reload_insns (chain, rld + j, j);
6964 }
6965
6966 /* Reload number R reloads from or to a group of hard registers starting at
6967 register REGNO. Return true if it can be treated for inheritance purposes
6968 like a group of reloads, each one reloading a single hard register.
6969 The caller has already checked that the spill register and REGNO use
6970 the same number of registers to store the reload value. */
6971
6972 static bool
6973 inherit_piecemeal_p (int r ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, int regno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6974 {
6975 #ifdef CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS
6976 return (!REG_CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_P (reload_spill_index[r],
6977 GET_MODE (rld[r].reg_rtx),
6978 reg_raw_mode[reload_spill_index[r]])
6979 && !REG_CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_P (regno,
6980 GET_MODE (rld[r].reg_rtx),
6981 reg_raw_mode[regno]));
6982 #else
6983 return true;
6984 #endif
6985 }
6986
6987 /* Output insns to reload values in and out of the chosen reload regs. */
6988
6989 static void
6990 emit_reload_insns (struct insn_chain *chain)
6991 {
6992 rtx insn = chain->insn;
6993
6994 int j;
6995
6996 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (reg_reloaded_died);
6997
6998 for (j = 0; j < reload_n_operands; j++)
6999 input_reload_insns[j] = input_address_reload_insns[j]
7000 = inpaddr_address_reload_insns[j]
7001 = output_reload_insns[j] = output_address_reload_insns[j]
7002 = outaddr_address_reload_insns[j]
7003 = other_output_reload_insns[j] = 0;
7004 other_input_address_reload_insns = 0;
7005 other_input_reload_insns = 0;
7006 operand_reload_insns = 0;
7007 other_operand_reload_insns = 0;
7008
7009 /* Dump reloads into the dump file. */
7010 if (dump_file)
7011 {
7012 fprintf (dump_file, "\nReloads for insn # %d\n", INSN_UID (insn));
7013 debug_reload_to_stream (dump_file);
7014 }
7015
7016 /* Now output the instructions to copy the data into and out of the
7017 reload registers. Do these in the order that the reloads were reported,
7018 since reloads of base and index registers precede reloads of operands
7019 and the operands may need the base and index registers reloaded. */
7020
7021 for (j = 0; j < n_reloads; j++)
7022 {
7023 if (rld[j].reg_rtx
7024 && REGNO (rld[j].reg_rtx) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
7025 new_spill_reg_store[REGNO (rld[j].reg_rtx)] = 0;
7026
7027 do_input_reload (chain, rld + j, j);
7028 do_output_reload (chain, rld + j, j);
7029 }
7030
7031 /* Now write all the insns we made for reloads in the order expected by
7032 the allocation functions. Prior to the insn being reloaded, we write
7033 the following reloads:
7034
7035 RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS reloads for input addresses.
7036
7037 RELOAD_OTHER reloads.
7038
7039 For each operand, any RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS reloads followed
7040 by any RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS reloads followed by the
7041 RELOAD_FOR_INPUT reload for the operand.
7042
7043 RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDRS reloads.
7044
7045 RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS reloads.
7046
7047 After the insn being reloaded, we write the following:
7048
7049 For each operand, any RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS reloads followed
7050 by any RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS reload followed by the
7051 RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT reload, followed by any RELOAD_OTHER output
7052 reloads for the operand. The RELOAD_OTHER output reloads are
7053 output in descending order by reload number. */
7054
7055 emit_insn_before (other_input_address_reload_insns, insn);
7056 emit_insn_before (other_input_reload_insns, insn);
7057
7058 for (j = 0; j < reload_n_operands; j++)
7059 {
7060 emit_insn_before (inpaddr_address_reload_insns[j], insn);
7061 emit_insn_before (input_address_reload_insns[j], insn);
7062 emit_insn_before (input_reload_insns[j], insn);
7063 }
7064
7065 emit_insn_before (other_operand_reload_insns, insn);
7066 emit_insn_before (operand_reload_insns, insn);
7067
7068 for (j = 0; j < reload_n_operands; j++)
7069 {
7070 rtx x = emit_insn_after (outaddr_address_reload_insns[j], insn);
7071 x = emit_insn_after (output_address_reload_insns[j], x);
7072 x = emit_insn_after (output_reload_insns[j], x);
7073 emit_insn_after (other_output_reload_insns[j], x);
7074 }
7075
7076 /* For all the spill regs newly reloaded in this instruction,
7077 record what they were reloaded from, so subsequent instructions
7078 can inherit the reloads.
7079
7080 Update spill_reg_store for the reloads of this insn.
7081 Copy the elements that were updated in the loop above. */
7082
7083 for (j = 0; j < n_reloads; j++)
7084 {
7085 int r = reload_order[j];
7086 int i = reload_spill_index[r];
7087
7088 /* If this is a non-inherited input reload from a pseudo, we must
7089 clear any memory of a previous store to the same pseudo. Only do
7090 something if there will not be an output reload for the pseudo
7091 being reloaded. */
7092 if (rld[r].in_reg != 0
7093 && ! (reload_inherited[r] || reload_override_in[r]))
7094 {
7095 rtx reg = rld[r].in_reg;
7096
7097 if (GET_CODE (reg) == SUBREG)
7098 reg = SUBREG_REG (reg);
7099
7100 if (REG_P (reg)
7101 && REGNO (reg) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
7102 && ! reg_has_output_reload[REGNO (reg)])
7103 {
7104 int nregno = REGNO (reg);
7105
7106 if (reg_last_reload_reg[nregno])
7107 {
7108 int last_regno = REGNO (reg_last_reload_reg[nregno]);
7109
7110 if (reg_reloaded_contents[last_regno] == nregno)
7111 spill_reg_store[last_regno] = 0;
7112 }
7113 }
7114 }
7115
7116 /* I is nonneg if this reload used a register.
7117 If rld[r].reg_rtx is 0, this is an optional reload
7118 that we opted to ignore. */
7119
7120 if (i >= 0 && rld[r].reg_rtx != 0)
7121 {
7122 int nr = hard_regno_nregs[i][GET_MODE (rld[r].reg_rtx)];
7123 int k;
7124 int part_reaches_end = 0;
7125 int all_reaches_end = 1;
7126
7127 /* For a multi register reload, we need to check if all or part
7128 of the value lives to the end. */
7129 for (k = 0; k < nr; k++)
7130 {
7131 if (reload_reg_reaches_end_p (i + k, rld[r].opnum,
7132 rld[r].when_needed))
7133 part_reaches_end = 1;
7134 else
7135 all_reaches_end = 0;
7136 }
7137
7138 /* Ignore reloads that don't reach the end of the insn in
7139 entirety. */
7140 if (all_reaches_end)
7141 {
7142 /* First, clear out memory of what used to be in this spill reg.
7143 If consecutive registers are used, clear them all. */
7144
7145 for (k = 0; k < nr; k++)
7146 {
7147 CLEAR_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_reloaded_valid, i + k);
7148 CLEAR_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_reloaded_call_part_clobbered, i + k);
7149 }
7150
7151 /* Maybe the spill reg contains a copy of reload_out. */
7152 if (rld[r].out != 0
7153 && (REG_P (rld[r].out)
7154 #ifdef AUTO_INC_DEC
7155 || ! rld[r].out_reg
7156 #endif
7157 || REG_P (rld[r].out_reg)))
7158 {
7159 rtx out = (REG_P (rld[r].out)
7160 ? rld[r].out
7161 : rld[r].out_reg
7162 ? rld[r].out_reg
7163 /* AUTO_INC */ : XEXP (rld[r].in_reg, 0));
7164 int nregno = REGNO (out);
7165 int nnr = (nregno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER ? 1
7166 : hard_regno_nregs[nregno]
7167 [GET_MODE (rld[r].reg_rtx)]);
7168 bool piecemeal;
7169
7170 spill_reg_store[i] = new_spill_reg_store[i];
7171 spill_reg_stored_to[i] = out;
7172 reg_last_reload_reg[nregno] = rld[r].reg_rtx;
7173
7174 piecemeal = (nregno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
7175 && nr == nnr
7176 && inherit_piecemeal_p (r, nregno));
7177
7178 /* If NREGNO is a hard register, it may occupy more than
7179 one register. If it does, say what is in the
7180 rest of the registers assuming that both registers
7181 agree on how many words the object takes. If not,
7182 invalidate the subsequent registers. */
7183
7184 if (nregno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
7185 for (k = 1; k < nnr; k++)
7186 reg_last_reload_reg[nregno + k]
7187 = (piecemeal
7188 ? regno_reg_rtx[REGNO (rld[r].reg_rtx) + k]
7189 : 0);
7190
7191 /* Now do the inverse operation. */
7192 for (k = 0; k < nr; k++)
7193 {
7194 CLEAR_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_reloaded_dead, i + k);
7195 reg_reloaded_contents[i + k]
7196 = (nregno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER || !piecemeal
7197 ? nregno
7198 : nregno + k);
7199 reg_reloaded_insn[i + k] = insn;
7200 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_reloaded_valid, i + k);
7201 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i + k, GET_MODE (out)))
7202 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_reloaded_call_part_clobbered, i + k);
7203 }
7204 }
7205
7206 /* Maybe the spill reg contains a copy of reload_in. Only do
7207 something if there will not be an output reload for
7208 the register being reloaded. */
7209 else if (rld[r].out_reg == 0
7210 && rld[r].in != 0
7211 && ((REG_P (rld[r].in)
7212 && REGNO (rld[r].in) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
7213 && ! reg_has_output_reload[REGNO (rld[r].in)])
7214 || (REG_P (rld[r].in_reg)
7215 && ! reg_has_output_reload[REGNO (rld[r].in_reg)]))
7216 && ! reg_set_p (rld[r].reg_rtx, PATTERN (insn)))
7217 {
7218 int nregno;
7219 int nnr;
7220 rtx in;
7221 bool piecemeal;
7222
7223 if (REG_P (rld[r].in)
7224 && REGNO (rld[r].in) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
7225 in = rld[r].in;
7226 else if (REG_P (rld[r].in_reg))
7227 in = rld[r].in_reg;
7228 else
7229 in = XEXP (rld[r].in_reg, 0);
7230 nregno = REGNO (in);
7231
7232 nnr = (nregno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER ? 1
7233 : hard_regno_nregs[nregno]
7234 [GET_MODE (rld[r].reg_rtx)]);
7235
7236 reg_last_reload_reg[nregno] = rld[r].reg_rtx;
7237
7238 piecemeal = (nregno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
7239 && nr == nnr
7240 && inherit_piecemeal_p (r, nregno));
7241
7242 if (nregno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
7243 for (k = 1; k < nnr; k++)
7244 reg_last_reload_reg[nregno + k]
7245 = (piecemeal
7246 ? regno_reg_rtx[REGNO (rld[r].reg_rtx) + k]
7247 : 0);
7248
7249 /* Unless we inherited this reload, show we haven't
7250 recently done a store.
7251 Previous stores of inherited auto_inc expressions
7252 also have to be discarded. */
7253 if (! reload_inherited[r]
7254 || (rld[r].out && ! rld[r].out_reg))
7255 spill_reg_store[i] = 0;
7256
7257 for (k = 0; k < nr; k++)
7258 {
7259 CLEAR_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_reloaded_dead, i + k);
7260 reg_reloaded_contents[i + k]
7261 = (nregno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER || !piecemeal
7262 ? nregno
7263 : nregno + k);
7264 reg_reloaded_insn[i + k] = insn;
7265 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_reloaded_valid, i + k);
7266 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i + k, GET_MODE (in)))
7267 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_reloaded_call_part_clobbered, i + k);
7268 }
7269 }
7270 }
7271
7272 /* However, if part of the reload reaches the end, then we must
7273 invalidate the old info for the part that survives to the end. */
7274 else if (part_reaches_end)
7275 {
7276 for (k = 0; k < nr; k++)
7277 if (reload_reg_reaches_end_p (i + k,
7278 rld[r].opnum,
7279 rld[r].when_needed))
7280 CLEAR_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_reloaded_valid, i + k);
7281 }
7282 }
7283
7284 /* The following if-statement was #if 0'd in 1.34 (or before...).
7285 It's reenabled in 1.35 because supposedly nothing else
7286 deals with this problem. */
7287
7288 /* If a register gets output-reloaded from a non-spill register,
7289 that invalidates any previous reloaded copy of it.
7290 But forget_old_reloads_1 won't get to see it, because
7291 it thinks only about the original insn. So invalidate it here. */
7292 if (i < 0 && rld[r].out != 0
7293 && (REG_P (rld[r].out)
7294 || (MEM_P (rld[r].out)
7295 && REG_P (rld[r].out_reg))))
7296 {
7297 rtx out = (REG_P (rld[r].out)
7298 ? rld[r].out : rld[r].out_reg);
7299 int nregno = REGNO (out);
7300 if (nregno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
7301 {
7302 rtx src_reg, store_insn = NULL_RTX;
7303
7304 reg_last_reload_reg[nregno] = 0;
7305
7306 /* If we can find a hard register that is stored, record
7307 the storing insn so that we may delete this insn with
7308 delete_output_reload. */
7309 src_reg = rld[r].reg_rtx;
7310
7311 /* If this is an optional reload, try to find the source reg
7312 from an input reload. */
7313 if (! src_reg)
7314 {
7315 rtx set = single_set (insn);
7316 if (set && SET_DEST (set) == rld[r].out)
7317 {
7318 int k;
7319
7320 src_reg = SET_SRC (set);
7321 store_insn = insn;
7322 for (k = 0; k < n_reloads; k++)
7323 {
7324 if (rld[k].in == src_reg)
7325 {
7326 src_reg = rld[k].reg_rtx;
7327 break;
7328 }
7329 }
7330 }
7331 }
7332 else
7333 store_insn = new_spill_reg_store[REGNO (src_reg)];
7334 if (src_reg && REG_P (src_reg)
7335 && REGNO (src_reg) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
7336 {
7337 int src_regno = REGNO (src_reg);
7338 int nr = hard_regno_nregs[src_regno][rld[r].mode];
7339 /* The place where to find a death note varies with
7340 PRESERVE_DEATH_INFO_REGNO_P . The condition is not
7341 necessarily checked exactly in the code that moves
7342 notes, so just check both locations. */
7343 rtx note = find_regno_note (insn, REG_DEAD, src_regno);
7344 if (! note && store_insn)
7345 note = find_regno_note (store_insn, REG_DEAD, src_regno);
7346 while (nr-- > 0)
7347 {
7348 spill_reg_store[src_regno + nr] = store_insn;
7349 spill_reg_stored_to[src_regno + nr] = out;
7350 reg_reloaded_contents[src_regno + nr] = nregno;
7351 reg_reloaded_insn[src_regno + nr] = store_insn;
7352 CLEAR_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_reloaded_dead, src_regno + nr);
7353 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_reloaded_valid, src_regno + nr);
7354 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (src_regno + nr,
7355 GET_MODE (src_reg)))
7356 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_reloaded_call_part_clobbered,
7357 src_regno + nr);
7358 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_is_output_reload, src_regno + nr);
7359 if (note)
7360 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_reloaded_died, src_regno);
7361 else
7362 CLEAR_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_reloaded_died, src_regno);
7363 }
7364 reg_last_reload_reg[nregno] = src_reg;
7365 /* We have to set reg_has_output_reload here, or else
7366 forget_old_reloads_1 will clear reg_last_reload_reg
7367 right away. */
7368 reg_has_output_reload[nregno] = 1;
7369 }
7370 }
7371 else
7372 {
7373 int num_regs = hard_regno_nregs[nregno][GET_MODE (rld[r].out)];
7374
7375 while (num_regs-- > 0)
7376 reg_last_reload_reg[nregno + num_regs] = 0;
7377 }
7378 }
7379 }
7380 IOR_HARD_REG_SET (reg_reloaded_dead, reg_reloaded_died);
7381 }
7382 \f
7383 /* Emit code to perform a reload from IN (which may be a reload register) to
7384 OUT (which may also be a reload register). IN or OUT is from operand
7385 OPNUM with reload type TYPE.
7386
7387 Returns first insn emitted. */
7388
7389 static rtx
7390 gen_reload (rtx out, rtx in, int opnum, enum reload_type type)
7391 {
7392 rtx last = get_last_insn ();
7393 rtx tem;
7394
7395 /* If IN is a paradoxical SUBREG, remove it and try to put the
7396 opposite SUBREG on OUT. Likewise for a paradoxical SUBREG on OUT. */
7397 if (GET_CODE (in) == SUBREG
7398 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (in))
7399 > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in))))
7400 && (tem = gen_lowpart_common (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in)), out)) != 0)
7401 in = SUBREG_REG (in), out = tem;
7402 else if (GET_CODE (out) == SUBREG
7403 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (out))
7404 > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out))))
7405 && (tem = gen_lowpart_common (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out)), in)) != 0)
7406 out = SUBREG_REG (out), in = tem;
7407
7408 /* How to do this reload can get quite tricky. Normally, we are being
7409 asked to reload a simple operand, such as a MEM, a constant, or a pseudo
7410 register that didn't get a hard register. In that case we can just
7411 call emit_move_insn.
7412
7413 We can also be asked to reload a PLUS that adds a register or a MEM to
7414 another register, constant or MEM. This can occur during frame pointer
7415 elimination and while reloading addresses. This case is handled by
7416 trying to emit a single insn to perform the add. If it is not valid,
7417 we use a two insn sequence.
7418
7419 Finally, we could be called to handle an 'o' constraint by putting
7420 an address into a register. In that case, we first try to do this
7421 with a named pattern of "reload_load_address". If no such pattern
7422 exists, we just emit a SET insn and hope for the best (it will normally
7423 be valid on machines that use 'o').
7424
7425 This entire process is made complex because reload will never
7426 process the insns we generate here and so we must ensure that
7427 they will fit their constraints and also by the fact that parts of
7428 IN might be being reloaded separately and replaced with spill registers.
7429 Because of this, we are, in some sense, just guessing the right approach
7430 here. The one listed above seems to work.
7431
7432 ??? At some point, this whole thing needs to be rethought. */
7433
7434 if (GET_CODE (in) == PLUS
7435 && (REG_P (XEXP (in, 0))
7436 || GET_CODE (XEXP (in, 0)) == SUBREG
7437 || MEM_P (XEXP (in, 0)))
7438 && (REG_P (XEXP (in, 1))
7439 || GET_CODE (XEXP (in, 1)) == SUBREG
7440 || CONSTANT_P (XEXP (in, 1))
7441 || MEM_P (XEXP (in, 1))))
7442 {
7443 /* We need to compute the sum of a register or a MEM and another
7444 register, constant, or MEM, and put it into the reload
7445 register. The best possible way of doing this is if the machine
7446 has a three-operand ADD insn that accepts the required operands.
7447
7448 The simplest approach is to try to generate such an insn and see if it
7449 is recognized and matches its constraints. If so, it can be used.
7450
7451 It might be better not to actually emit the insn unless it is valid,
7452 but we need to pass the insn as an operand to `recog' and
7453 `extract_insn' and it is simpler to emit and then delete the insn if
7454 not valid than to dummy things up. */
7455
7456 rtx op0, op1, tem, insn;
7457 int code;
7458
7459 op0 = find_replacement (&XEXP (in, 0));
7460 op1 = find_replacement (&XEXP (in, 1));
7461
7462 /* Since constraint checking is strict, commutativity won't be
7463 checked, so we need to do that here to avoid spurious failure
7464 if the add instruction is two-address and the second operand
7465 of the add is the same as the reload reg, which is frequently
7466 the case. If the insn would be A = B + A, rearrange it so
7467 it will be A = A + B as constrain_operands expects. */
7468
7469 if (REG_P (XEXP (in, 1))
7470 && REGNO (out) == REGNO (XEXP (in, 1)))
7471 tem = op0, op0 = op1, op1 = tem;
7472
7473 if (op0 != XEXP (in, 0) || op1 != XEXP (in, 1))
7474 in = gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (in), op0, op1);
7475
7476 insn = emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, out, in));
7477 code = recog_memoized (insn);
7478
7479 if (code >= 0)
7480 {
7481 extract_insn (insn);
7482 /* We want constrain operands to treat this insn strictly in
7483 its validity determination, i.e., the way it would after reload
7484 has completed. */
7485 if (constrain_operands (1))
7486 return insn;
7487 }
7488
7489 delete_insns_since (last);
7490
7491 /* If that failed, we must use a conservative two-insn sequence.
7492
7493 Use a move to copy one operand into the reload register. Prefer
7494 to reload a constant, MEM or pseudo since the move patterns can
7495 handle an arbitrary operand. If OP1 is not a constant, MEM or
7496 pseudo and OP1 is not a valid operand for an add instruction, then
7497 reload OP1.
7498
7499 After reloading one of the operands into the reload register, add
7500 the reload register to the output register.
7501
7502 If there is another way to do this for a specific machine, a
7503 DEFINE_PEEPHOLE should be specified that recognizes the sequence
7504 we emit below. */
7505
7506 code = (int) add_optab->handlers[(int) GET_MODE (out)].insn_code;
7507
7508 if (CONSTANT_P (op1) || MEM_P (op1) || GET_CODE (op1) == SUBREG
7509 || (REG_P (op1)
7510 && REGNO (op1) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
7511 || (code != CODE_FOR_nothing
7512 && ! ((*insn_data[code].operand[2].predicate)
7513 (op1, insn_data[code].operand[2].mode))))
7514 tem = op0, op0 = op1, op1 = tem;
7515
7516 gen_reload (out, op0, opnum, type);
7517
7518 /* If OP0 and OP1 are the same, we can use OUT for OP1.
7519 This fixes a problem on the 32K where the stack pointer cannot
7520 be used as an operand of an add insn. */
7521
7522 if (rtx_equal_p (op0, op1))
7523 op1 = out;
7524
7525 insn = emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (out, op1));
7526
7527 /* If that failed, copy the address register to the reload register.
7528 Then add the constant to the reload register. */
7529
7530 code = recog_memoized (insn);
7531
7532 if (code >= 0)
7533 {
7534 extract_insn (insn);
7535 /* We want constrain operands to treat this insn strictly in
7536 its validity determination, i.e., the way it would after reload
7537 has completed. */
7538 if (constrain_operands (1))
7539 {
7540 /* Add a REG_EQUIV note so that find_equiv_reg can find it. */
7541 REG_NOTES (insn)
7542 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_EQUIV, in, REG_NOTES (insn));
7543 return insn;
7544 }
7545 }
7546
7547 delete_insns_since (last);
7548
7549 gen_reload (out, op1, opnum, type);
7550 insn = emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (out, op0));
7551 REG_NOTES (insn) = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_EQUIV, in, REG_NOTES (insn));
7552 }
7553
7554 #ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED
7555 /* If we need a memory location to do the move, do it that way. */
7556 else if ((REG_P (in) || GET_CODE (in) == SUBREG)
7557 && reg_or_subregno (in) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
7558 && (REG_P (out) || GET_CODE (out) == SUBREG)
7559 && reg_or_subregno (out) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
7560 && SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED (REGNO_REG_CLASS (reg_or_subregno (in)),
7561 REGNO_REG_CLASS (reg_or_subregno (out)),
7562 GET_MODE (out)))
7563 {
7564 /* Get the memory to use and rewrite both registers to its mode. */
7565 rtx loc = get_secondary_mem (in, GET_MODE (out), opnum, type);
7566
7567 if (GET_MODE (loc) != GET_MODE (out))
7568 out = gen_rtx_REG (GET_MODE (loc), REGNO (out));
7569
7570 if (GET_MODE (loc) != GET_MODE (in))
7571 in = gen_rtx_REG (GET_MODE (loc), REGNO (in));
7572
7573 gen_reload (loc, in, opnum, type);
7574 gen_reload (out, loc, opnum, type);
7575 }
7576 #endif
7577
7578 /* If IN is a simple operand, use gen_move_insn. */
7579 else if (OBJECT_P (in) || GET_CODE (in) == SUBREG)
7580 emit_insn (gen_move_insn (out, in));
7581
7582 #ifdef HAVE_reload_load_address
7583 else if (HAVE_reload_load_address)
7584 emit_insn (gen_reload_load_address (out, in));
7585 #endif
7586
7587 /* Otherwise, just write (set OUT IN) and hope for the best. */
7588 else
7589 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, out, in));
7590
7591 /* Return the first insn emitted.
7592 We can not just return get_last_insn, because there may have
7593 been multiple instructions emitted. Also note that gen_move_insn may
7594 emit more than one insn itself, so we can not assume that there is one
7595 insn emitted per emit_insn_before call. */
7596
7597 return last ? NEXT_INSN (last) : get_insns ();
7598 }
7599 \f
7600 /* Delete a previously made output-reload whose result we now believe
7601 is not needed. First we double-check.
7602
7603 INSN is the insn now being processed.
7604 LAST_RELOAD_REG is the hard register number for which we want to delete
7605 the last output reload.
7606 J is the reload-number that originally used REG. The caller has made
7607 certain that reload J doesn't use REG any longer for input. */
7608
7609 static void
7610 delete_output_reload (rtx insn, int j, int last_reload_reg)
7611 {
7612 rtx output_reload_insn = spill_reg_store[last_reload_reg];
7613 rtx reg = spill_reg_stored_to[last_reload_reg];
7614 int k;
7615 int n_occurrences;
7616 int n_inherited = 0;
7617 rtx i1;
7618 rtx substed;
7619
7620 /* It is possible that this reload has been only used to set another reload
7621 we eliminated earlier and thus deleted this instruction too. */
7622 if (INSN_DELETED_P (output_reload_insn))
7623 return;
7624
7625 /* Get the raw pseudo-register referred to. */
7626
7627 while (GET_CODE (reg) == SUBREG)
7628 reg = SUBREG_REG (reg);
7629 substed = reg_equiv_memory_loc[REGNO (reg)];
7630
7631 /* This is unsafe if the operand occurs more often in the current
7632 insn than it is inherited. */
7633 for (k = n_reloads - 1; k >= 0; k--)
7634 {
7635 rtx reg2 = rld[k].in;
7636 if (! reg2)
7637 continue;
7638 if (MEM_P (reg2) || reload_override_in[k])
7639 reg2 = rld[k].in_reg;
7640 #ifdef AUTO_INC_DEC
7641 if (rld[k].out && ! rld[k].out_reg)
7642 reg2 = XEXP (rld[k].in_reg, 0);
7643 #endif
7644 while (GET_CODE (reg2) == SUBREG)
7645 reg2 = SUBREG_REG (reg2);
7646 if (rtx_equal_p (reg2, reg))
7647 {
7648 if (reload_inherited[k] || reload_override_in[k] || k == j)
7649 {
7650 n_inherited++;
7651 reg2 = rld[k].out_reg;
7652 if (! reg2)
7653 continue;
7654 while (GET_CODE (reg2) == SUBREG)
7655 reg2 = XEXP (reg2, 0);
7656 if (rtx_equal_p (reg2, reg))
7657 n_inherited++;
7658 }
7659 else
7660 return;
7661 }
7662 }
7663 n_occurrences = count_occurrences (PATTERN (insn), reg, 0);
7664 if (substed)
7665 n_occurrences += count_occurrences (PATTERN (insn),
7666 eliminate_regs (substed, 0,
7667 NULL_RTX), 0);
7668 if (n_occurrences > n_inherited)
7669 return;
7670
7671 /* If the pseudo-reg we are reloading is no longer referenced
7672 anywhere between the store into it and here,
7673 and we're within the same basic block, then the value can only
7674 pass through the reload reg and end up here.
7675 Otherwise, give up--return. */
7676 for (i1 = NEXT_INSN (output_reload_insn);
7677 i1 != insn; i1 = NEXT_INSN (i1))
7678 {
7679 if (NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK_P (i1))
7680 return;
7681 if ((NONJUMP_INSN_P (i1) || CALL_P (i1))
7682 && reg_mentioned_p (reg, PATTERN (i1)))
7683 {
7684 /* If this is USE in front of INSN, we only have to check that
7685 there are no more references than accounted for by inheritance. */
7686 while (NONJUMP_INSN_P (i1) && GET_CODE (PATTERN (i1)) == USE)
7687 {
7688 n_occurrences += rtx_equal_p (reg, XEXP (PATTERN (i1), 0)) != 0;
7689 i1 = NEXT_INSN (i1);
7690 }
7691 if (n_occurrences <= n_inherited && i1 == insn)
7692 break;
7693 return;
7694 }
7695 }
7696
7697 /* We will be deleting the insn. Remove the spill reg information. */
7698 for (k = hard_regno_nregs[last_reload_reg][GET_MODE (reg)]; k-- > 0; )
7699 {
7700 spill_reg_store[last_reload_reg + k] = 0;
7701 spill_reg_stored_to[last_reload_reg + k] = 0;
7702 }
7703
7704 /* The caller has already checked that REG dies or is set in INSN.
7705 It has also checked that we are optimizing, and thus some
7706 inaccuracies in the debugging information are acceptable.
7707 So we could just delete output_reload_insn. But in some cases
7708 we can improve the debugging information without sacrificing
7709 optimization - maybe even improving the code: See if the pseudo
7710 reg has been completely replaced with reload regs. If so, delete
7711 the store insn and forget we had a stack slot for the pseudo. */
7712 if (rld[j].out != rld[j].in
7713 && REG_N_DEATHS (REGNO (reg)) == 1
7714 && REG_N_SETS (REGNO (reg)) == 1
7715 && REG_BASIC_BLOCK (REGNO (reg)) >= 0
7716 && find_regno_note (insn, REG_DEAD, REGNO (reg)))
7717 {
7718 rtx i2;
7719
7720 /* We know that it was used only between here and the beginning of
7721 the current basic block. (We also know that the last use before
7722 INSN was the output reload we are thinking of deleting, but never
7723 mind that.) Search that range; see if any ref remains. */
7724 for (i2 = PREV_INSN (insn); i2; i2 = PREV_INSN (i2))
7725 {
7726 rtx set = single_set (i2);
7727
7728 /* Uses which just store in the pseudo don't count,
7729 since if they are the only uses, they are dead. */
7730 if (set != 0 && SET_DEST (set) == reg)
7731 continue;
7732 if (LABEL_P (i2)
7733 || JUMP_P (i2))
7734 break;
7735 if ((NONJUMP_INSN_P (i2) || CALL_P (i2))
7736 && reg_mentioned_p (reg, PATTERN (i2)))
7737 {
7738 /* Some other ref remains; just delete the output reload we
7739 know to be dead. */
7740 delete_address_reloads (output_reload_insn, insn);
7741 delete_insn (output_reload_insn);
7742 return;
7743 }
7744 }
7745
7746 /* Delete the now-dead stores into this pseudo. Note that this
7747 loop also takes care of deleting output_reload_insn. */
7748 for (i2 = PREV_INSN (insn); i2; i2 = PREV_INSN (i2))
7749 {
7750 rtx set = single_set (i2);
7751
7752 if (set != 0 && SET_DEST (set) == reg)
7753 {
7754 delete_address_reloads (i2, insn);
7755 delete_insn (i2);
7756 }
7757 if (LABEL_P (i2)
7758 || JUMP_P (i2))
7759 break;
7760 }
7761
7762 /* For the debugging info, say the pseudo lives in this reload reg. */
7763 reg_renumber[REGNO (reg)] = REGNO (rld[j].reg_rtx);
7764 alter_reg (REGNO (reg), -1);
7765 }
7766 else
7767 {
7768 delete_address_reloads (output_reload_insn, insn);
7769 delete_insn (output_reload_insn);
7770 }
7771 }
7772
7773 /* We are going to delete DEAD_INSN. Recursively delete loads of
7774 reload registers used in DEAD_INSN that are not used till CURRENT_INSN.
7775 CURRENT_INSN is being reloaded, so we have to check its reloads too. */
7776 static void
7777 delete_address_reloads (rtx dead_insn, rtx current_insn)
7778 {
7779 rtx set = single_set (dead_insn);
7780 rtx set2, dst, prev, next;
7781 if (set)
7782 {
7783 rtx dst = SET_DEST (set);
7784 if (MEM_P (dst))
7785 delete_address_reloads_1 (dead_insn, XEXP (dst, 0), current_insn);
7786 }
7787 /* If we deleted the store from a reloaded post_{in,de}c expression,
7788 we can delete the matching adds. */
7789 prev = PREV_INSN (dead_insn);
7790 next = NEXT_INSN (dead_insn);
7791 if (! prev || ! next)
7792 return;
7793 set = single_set (next);
7794 set2 = single_set (prev);
7795 if (! set || ! set2
7796 || GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set)) != PLUS || GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set2)) != PLUS
7797 || GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (set), 1)) != CONST_INT
7798 || GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (set2), 1)) != CONST_INT)
7799 return;
7800 dst = SET_DEST (set);
7801 if (! rtx_equal_p (dst, SET_DEST (set2))
7802 || ! rtx_equal_p (dst, XEXP (SET_SRC (set), 0))
7803 || ! rtx_equal_p (dst, XEXP (SET_SRC (set2), 0))
7804 || (INTVAL (XEXP (SET_SRC (set), 1))
7805 != -INTVAL (XEXP (SET_SRC (set2), 1))))
7806 return;
7807 delete_related_insns (prev);
7808 delete_related_insns (next);
7809 }
7810
7811 /* Subfunction of delete_address_reloads: process registers found in X. */
7812 static void
7813 delete_address_reloads_1 (rtx dead_insn, rtx x, rtx current_insn)
7814 {
7815 rtx prev, set, dst, i2;
7816 int i, j;
7817 enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
7818
7819 if (code != REG)
7820 {
7821 const char *fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
7822 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
7823 {
7824 if (fmt[i] == 'e')
7825 delete_address_reloads_1 (dead_insn, XEXP (x, i), current_insn);
7826 else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
7827 {
7828 for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
7829 delete_address_reloads_1 (dead_insn, XVECEXP (x, i, j),
7830 current_insn);
7831 }
7832 }
7833 return;
7834 }
7835
7836 if (spill_reg_order[REGNO (x)] < 0)
7837 return;
7838
7839 /* Scan backwards for the insn that sets x. This might be a way back due
7840 to inheritance. */
7841 for (prev = PREV_INSN (dead_insn); prev; prev = PREV_INSN (prev))
7842 {
7843 code = GET_CODE (prev);
7844 if (code == CODE_LABEL || code == JUMP_INSN)
7845 return;
7846 if (!INSN_P (prev))
7847 continue;
7848 if (reg_set_p (x, PATTERN (prev)))
7849 break;
7850 if (reg_referenced_p (x, PATTERN (prev)))
7851 return;
7852 }
7853 if (! prev || INSN_UID (prev) < reload_first_uid)
7854 return;
7855 /* Check that PREV only sets the reload register. */
7856 set = single_set (prev);
7857 if (! set)
7858 return;
7859 dst = SET_DEST (set);
7860 if (!REG_P (dst)
7861 || ! rtx_equal_p (dst, x))
7862 return;
7863 if (! reg_set_p (dst, PATTERN (dead_insn)))
7864 {
7865 /* Check if DST was used in a later insn -
7866 it might have been inherited. */
7867 for (i2 = NEXT_INSN (dead_insn); i2; i2 = NEXT_INSN (i2))
7868 {
7869 if (LABEL_P (i2))
7870 break;
7871 if (! INSN_P (i2))
7872 continue;
7873 if (reg_referenced_p (dst, PATTERN (i2)))
7874 {
7875 /* If there is a reference to the register in the current insn,
7876 it might be loaded in a non-inherited reload. If no other
7877 reload uses it, that means the register is set before
7878 referenced. */
7879 if (i2 == current_insn)
7880 {
7881 for (j = n_reloads - 1; j >= 0; j--)
7882 if ((rld[j].reg_rtx == dst && reload_inherited[j])
7883 || reload_override_in[j] == dst)
7884 return;
7885 for (j = n_reloads - 1; j >= 0; j--)
7886 if (rld[j].in && rld[j].reg_rtx == dst)
7887 break;
7888 if (j >= 0)
7889 break;
7890 }
7891 return;
7892 }
7893 if (JUMP_P (i2))
7894 break;
7895 /* If DST is still live at CURRENT_INSN, check if it is used for
7896 any reload. Note that even if CURRENT_INSN sets DST, we still
7897 have to check the reloads. */
7898 if (i2 == current_insn)
7899 {
7900 for (j = n_reloads - 1; j >= 0; j--)
7901 if ((rld[j].reg_rtx == dst && reload_inherited[j])
7902 || reload_override_in[j] == dst)
7903 return;
7904 /* ??? We can't finish the loop here, because dst might be
7905 allocated to a pseudo in this block if no reload in this
7906 block needs any of the classes containing DST - see
7907 spill_hard_reg. There is no easy way to tell this, so we
7908 have to scan till the end of the basic block. */
7909 }
7910 if (reg_set_p (dst, PATTERN (i2)))
7911 break;
7912 }
7913 }
7914 delete_address_reloads_1 (prev, SET_SRC (set), current_insn);
7915 reg_reloaded_contents[REGNO (dst)] = -1;
7916 delete_insn (prev);
7917 }
7918 \f
7919 /* Output reload-insns to reload VALUE into RELOADREG.
7920 VALUE is an autoincrement or autodecrement RTX whose operand
7921 is a register or memory location;
7922 so reloading involves incrementing that location.
7923 IN is either identical to VALUE, or some cheaper place to reload from.
7924
7925 INC_AMOUNT is the number to increment or decrement by (always positive).
7926 This cannot be deduced from VALUE.
7927
7928 Return the instruction that stores into RELOADREG. */
7929
7930 static rtx
7931 inc_for_reload (rtx reloadreg, rtx in, rtx value, int inc_amount)
7932 {
7933 /* REG or MEM to be copied and incremented. */
7934 rtx incloc = XEXP (value, 0);
7935 /* Nonzero if increment after copying. */
7936 int post = (GET_CODE (value) == POST_DEC || GET_CODE (value) == POST_INC);
7937 rtx last;
7938 rtx inc;
7939 rtx add_insn;
7940 int code;
7941 rtx store;
7942 rtx real_in = in == value ? XEXP (in, 0) : in;
7943
7944 /* No hard register is equivalent to this register after
7945 inc/dec operation. If REG_LAST_RELOAD_REG were nonzero,
7946 we could inc/dec that register as well (maybe even using it for
7947 the source), but I'm not sure it's worth worrying about. */
7948 if (REG_P (incloc))
7949 reg_last_reload_reg[REGNO (incloc)] = 0;
7950
7951 if (GET_CODE (value) == PRE_DEC || GET_CODE (value) == POST_DEC)
7952 inc_amount = -inc_amount;
7953
7954 inc = GEN_INT (inc_amount);
7955
7956 /* If this is post-increment, first copy the location to the reload reg. */
7957 if (post && real_in != reloadreg)
7958 emit_insn (gen_move_insn (reloadreg, real_in));
7959
7960 if (in == value)
7961 {
7962 /* See if we can directly increment INCLOC. Use a method similar to
7963 that in gen_reload. */
7964
7965 last = get_last_insn ();
7966 add_insn = emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, incloc,
7967 gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (incloc),
7968 incloc, inc)));
7969
7970 code = recog_memoized (add_insn);
7971 if (code >= 0)
7972 {
7973 extract_insn (add_insn);
7974 if (constrain_operands (1))
7975 {
7976 /* If this is a pre-increment and we have incremented the value
7977 where it lives, copy the incremented value to RELOADREG to
7978 be used as an address. */
7979
7980 if (! post)
7981 emit_insn (gen_move_insn (reloadreg, incloc));
7982
7983 return add_insn;
7984 }
7985 }
7986 delete_insns_since (last);
7987 }
7988
7989 /* If couldn't do the increment directly, must increment in RELOADREG.
7990 The way we do this depends on whether this is pre- or post-increment.
7991 For pre-increment, copy INCLOC to the reload register, increment it
7992 there, then save back. */
7993
7994 if (! post)
7995 {
7996 if (in != reloadreg)
7997 emit_insn (gen_move_insn (reloadreg, real_in));
7998 emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (reloadreg, inc));
7999 store = emit_insn (gen_move_insn (incloc, reloadreg));
8000 }
8001 else
8002 {
8003 /* Postincrement.
8004 Because this might be a jump insn or a compare, and because RELOADREG
8005 may not be available after the insn in an input reload, we must do
8006 the incrementation before the insn being reloaded for.
8007
8008 We have already copied IN to RELOADREG. Increment the copy in
8009 RELOADREG, save that back, then decrement RELOADREG so it has
8010 the original value. */
8011
8012 emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (reloadreg, inc));
8013 store = emit_insn (gen_move_insn (incloc, reloadreg));
8014 emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (reloadreg, GEN_INT (-inc_amount)));
8015 }
8016
8017 return store;
8018 }
8019 \f
8020 #ifdef AUTO_INC_DEC
8021 static void
8022 add_auto_inc_notes (rtx insn, rtx x)
8023 {
8024 enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
8025 const char *fmt;
8026 int i, j;
8027
8028 if (code == MEM && auto_inc_p (XEXP (x, 0)))
8029 {
8030 REG_NOTES (insn)
8031 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_INC, XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), REG_NOTES (insn));
8032 return;
8033 }
8034
8035 /* Scan all the operand sub-expressions. */
8036 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
8037 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
8038 {
8039 if (fmt[i] == 'e')
8040 add_auto_inc_notes (insn, XEXP (x, i));
8041 else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
8042 for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
8043 add_auto_inc_notes (insn, XVECEXP (x, i, j));
8044 }
8045 }
8046 #endif
8047
8048 /* Copy EH notes from an insn to its reloads. */
8049 static void
8050 copy_eh_notes (rtx insn, rtx x)
8051 {
8052 rtx eh_note = find_reg_note (insn, REG_EH_REGION, NULL_RTX);
8053 if (eh_note)
8054 {
8055 for (; x != 0; x = NEXT_INSN (x))
8056 {
8057 if (may_trap_p (PATTERN (x)))
8058 REG_NOTES (x)
8059 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_EH_REGION, XEXP (eh_note, 0),
8060 REG_NOTES (x));
8061 }
8062 }
8063 }
8064
8065 /* This is used by reload pass, that does emit some instructions after
8066 abnormal calls moving basic block end, but in fact it wants to emit
8067 them on the edge. Looks for abnormal call edges, find backward the
8068 proper call and fix the damage.
8069
8070 Similar handle instructions throwing exceptions internally. */
8071 void
8072 fixup_abnormal_edges (void)
8073 {
8074 bool inserted = false;
8075 basic_block bb;
8076
8077 FOR_EACH_BB (bb)
8078 {
8079 edge e;
8080 edge_iterator ei;
8081
8082 /* Look for cases we are interested in - calls or instructions causing
8083 exceptions. */
8084 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->succs)
8085 {
8086 if (e->flags & EDGE_ABNORMAL_CALL)
8087 break;
8088 if ((e->flags & (EDGE_ABNORMAL | EDGE_EH))
8089 == (EDGE_ABNORMAL | EDGE_EH))
8090 break;
8091 }
8092 if (e && !CALL_P (BB_END (bb))
8093 && !can_throw_internal (BB_END (bb)))
8094 {
8095 rtx insn = BB_END (bb), stop = NEXT_INSN (BB_END (bb));
8096 rtx next;
8097 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->succs)
8098 if (e->flags & EDGE_FALLTHRU)
8099 break;
8100 /* Get past the new insns generated. Allow notes, as the insns may
8101 be already deleted. */
8102 while ((NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn) || NOTE_P (insn))
8103 && !can_throw_internal (insn)
8104 && insn != BB_HEAD (bb))
8105 insn = PREV_INSN (insn);
8106 gcc_assert (CALL_P (insn) || can_throw_internal (insn));
8107 BB_END (bb) = insn;
8108 inserted = true;
8109 insn = NEXT_INSN (insn);
8110 while (insn && insn != stop)
8111 {
8112 next = NEXT_INSN (insn);
8113 if (INSN_P (insn))
8114 {
8115 delete_insn (insn);
8116
8117 /* Sometimes there's still the return value USE.
8118 If it's placed after a trapping call (i.e. that
8119 call is the last insn anyway), we have no fallthru
8120 edge. Simply delete this use and don't try to insert
8121 on the non-existent edge. */
8122 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) != USE)
8123 {
8124 /* We're not deleting it, we're moving it. */
8125 INSN_DELETED_P (insn) = 0;
8126 PREV_INSN (insn) = NULL_RTX;
8127 NEXT_INSN (insn) = NULL_RTX;
8128
8129 insert_insn_on_edge (insn, e);
8130 }
8131 }
8132 insn = next;
8133 }
8134 }
8135 }
8136 /* We've possibly turned single trapping insn into multiple ones. */
8137 if (flag_non_call_exceptions)
8138 {
8139 sbitmap blocks;
8140 blocks = sbitmap_alloc (last_basic_block);
8141 sbitmap_ones (blocks);
8142 find_many_sub_basic_blocks (blocks);
8143 }
8144 if (inserted)
8145 commit_edge_insertions ();
8146 }